The Content 10x Podcast: Recent Episodes
Amy Woods
Maximize the return from every piece of content that you create! This podcast will teach you how to repurpose your content like a pro.
Whether you're a podcaster, blogger or video content creator - creating great content is never easy. Neither is keeping up with the ever growing array of social media platforms. Content repurposing is a critical activity to ensure that your content finds it's audience and your message is heard.
Amy Woods, Founder of Content 10x, reveals everything you need to know about content repurposing in weekly episodes released every Thursday! Find out more at www.content10x.com
You built the strategy. You built the content. But can you prove any of it is working?
A lot of B2B marketing teams can point to a full content calendar and a consistent publishing schedule, and still have no clear answer to that question. The numbers exist, dashboards get checked, reports get sent round. But there's a tougher question hiding underneath it all: does any of this connect back to something the business cares about?
In part seven of our seven-part B2B content strategy series, Amy Woods gets into how to answer that, from choosing the right metrics for each stage of the buyer journey to knowing when to persist with a strategy and when to change it.
Find out:
- Why consistency, not strategy, is often the real problem when content stops delivering results
- How to choose the right metrics based on your business goals, whether that's brand awareness, consideration, or conversion
- The difference between vanity metrics and value metrics, and the one question that separates them
- Why it’s okay if 50% of your marketing cannot be neatly attributed - this should not stop you as long as actions tie to business goals
- How to diagnose whether underperforming content has a reach problem or a resonance problem
Important links & mentions:
- B2B Content Operations Benchmark (free)
- B2B Content Strategist podcast - Season 3 Episode 18 with Jason Widup
- Part 1 - What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)?
- Part 2 - How Do You Align a B2B Content Strategy to Business Goals?
- Part 3 - How Does Competitor Analysis Fit Into Your B2B Content Strategy?
- Part 4 - Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?
- Part 5 - How to Choose Your B2B Content Channels and Formats
- Part 6 - Content Repurposing and Distribution: Is Your B2B Content Working Hard Enough?
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube
- Amy on LinkedIn
- Content 10x
- Amy’s book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week with the Content10x Newsletter.
Some teams out there are sitting on more content than they realize. So, the problem isn't creation but what happens after.
The pattern often looks something like this: a brief gets written, a draft gets approved, the content goes out, and then everyone moves on to the next thing. Distribution happens, but almost as an afterthought, a couple of social posts, maybe an email, and that's it.
In this episode, part six of our seven-part content strategy series, Amy Woods tackles the part most teams leave until last. Repurposing and distribution.
Spoiler: if your team's spending 80-90% of its time on creation and barely any getting that content seen, the balance is off. And it's worth fixing.
This episode looks at the ins and outs of repurposing well, not cross-posting or checkbox marketing, but a genuinely strategic approach that's planned in from the start.
Find out:
- Why repurposing isn't about copy-paste or checkbox marketing
- The ratio of time B2B content teams should be spending on creation versus distribution, and why most have it backwards
- How to structure content into segments that make it easier to repurpose later
- The "zero moment of truth," and what it means for how many touchpoints your audience needs before they trust you
- How repurposing connects back to your core messaging and positioning, and why misalignment shows up fastest when content gets repurposed
- Where AI helps speed up repurposing, and where it doesn’t
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post for this episode: Why Content Repurposing and Distribution Should Be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part one of the series:What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)?
- Part two of the series:How Do You Align a B2B Content Strategy to Business Goals?
- Part three of the series:How Does Competitor Analysis Fit Into Your B2B Content Strategy?
- Part four of the series:Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?
- Part five of the series:Where Should Your B2B Content Live (and Where Should It Not?)
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- How Content Repurposing Can Help You Win the Zero Moment of Truth
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting and Repurposing B2B Webinars
- B2B Webinar Planning Playbook
- Bamboo HR webinar repurposing case study
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube
- Amy on LinkedIn
- Content 10x website
- Amy’s book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Are your channel decisions rooted in strategy, or just habit?
For some B2B marketing teams, the honest answer is somewhere in between. The channels accumulated over time. LinkedIn, because everyone is on LinkedIn. A podcast because a competitor had one. Instagram, because… optics?
Before long, there’s a whole content operation built around platforms nobody consciously chose.
In this episode, Amy Woods gets into a crucial part of a B2B content strategy: deciding where your content should live and where it should not.
From the difference between owned and borrowed channels, to finding the sweet spot between where your audience is and where your team can show up consistently, this episode gives you a practical framework for making channel decisions you can stand behind and revisit regularly.
Find out:
- Why spreading your content across too many platforms dilutes rather than builds
- The difference between owned and borrowed channels, and why it matters for your long-term strategy
- How to find the sweet spot between where your audience is and where your team can show up consistently
- Why platform-specific content outperforms cross-posting every time
- How audience intent and your own content intent should shape your format decisions
- Whether your channel strategy should factor in the customer journey
- How many platforms to focus on for an effective B2B content strategy
- The three questions to ask when auditing every channel you are already on
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post about this episode
- Why Not All Content Works Everywhere and That's a Good Thing
- Take the B2B Content Operations Benchmark
- Part one of the series: What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)?
- Part two of the series: How Do You Align a B2B Content Strategy to Business Goals?
- Part three of the series: How Does Competitor Analysis Fit Into Your B2B Content Strategy?
- Part four of the series: Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?
- Part 6 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Why Content Repurposing & Distribution Should be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube
- Amy on LinkedIn
- Content 10x website
- Amy’s book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Timestamps:
- 00:00 Intro: Publish smarter, not harder
- 00:50 B2B Content Strategy Series intro and recap
- 02:15 Avoid the trap of being everywhere
- 03:46 Free B2B Content Operations Benchmark Assessment
- 04:30 Where your content should live
- 05:39 Owned channels vs borrowed channels
- 07:16 Importance of being confident on a platform
- 08:42 Why you should review your channels… and how
- 10:34 Content formats: don’t try to do everything
- 10:58 Audience intent
- 12:58 Customer journey and content types
- 14:08 Repurposing across the funnel
- 14:41 How many platforms should you focus on?
- 15:42 How to audit your current channels
- 17:30 When to double down or leave a platform
- 18:46 Key takeaways: focus over spread
- 19:19 Series recap: what’s next
- 19:54 B2B Content Operations Benchmark reminder
- 20:32 Wrap up
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
Is your messaging making you memorable, or just visible?
You could have the best content engine in your industry, be publishing consistently across multiple channels, and focusing on quality. But if it isn't memorable, none of it sticks.
Core messaging and positioning is one of those things that sounds simple until you try to do it well. If you asked ten people in your organization what you are all about and why customers should choose to work with you, would they all broadly answer in the same way?
In most organizations, the answer is no.
That inconsistency shows up everywhere. In your content, on your website, in sales conversations, and in ways that are hard to trace back to the source.
In part four of our seven-part B2B content strategy series, Amy Woods digs into what messaging is, what goes into a messaging framework, and how to know whether yours is working for you.
Find out:
- What messaging is and why consistency is what makes it stick
- Whether you can have a B2B content strategy without clear messaging
- The five components every B2B messaging framework needs
- How to define your messaging and positioning through internal conversations
- How to use your messaging framework on a daily basis, including how to embed it into your AI tools
- The signals that tell you your messaging is working
- When to review your messaging and how to update it without doing a hard pivot
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/357
- Part one of the B2B content strategy series - What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)?: https://www.content10x.com/354
- Part two of the B2B content strategy series — How Do You Align a B2B Content Strategy to Business Goals?: https://www.content10x.com/355
- Part three of the B2B content strategy series — How Does Competitor Analysis Fit Into Your B2B Content Strategy?: https://www.content10x.com/356
- Part five of the B2B content strategy series: How to Choose Your B2B Content Channels and Formats https://www.content10x.com/358
- Part 6 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Why Content Repurposing & Distribution Should be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d4Rcnrh2VsUN9d47rrdMypp&si=NjYvp1Ilo26KnIF3
- Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x website: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Timestamps:
- 01:57 Free B2B Content Operations Benchmark Assessment
- 02:35 What is messaging?
- 03:44 Why a great content strategy can’t exist without clear messaging
- 04:33 Who owns messaging?
- 05:10 Core components of a messaging framework
- 06:55 How to define messaging through internal conversations
- 08:35 Where messaging shows up in real-world execution
- 09:16 Opinionated content and category positioning
- 10:38 Embedding messaging into AI tools and workflows
- 11:09 How to know your messaging is working (or not working)
- 13:08 Quantitative vs qualitative signals from customers and sales
- 13:47 Revisiting and adjusting your messaging framework
- 16:07 Recap and what’s next
- 17:55 Wrap up
About the host:
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Are you doing competitor analysis, or just keeping an eye on things?
Many B2B content teams know they should be aware of their competitors. But awareness and analysis are two very different things.
Done properly, it's one of the most powerful ways to find the gaps in your market, identify underserved audiences, and build a content strategy that genuinely sets you apart.
In this episode, which is part three of our seven-part B2B content strategy series, we get into what competitor analysis really involves, how to do it effectively, and how to turn what you find into content decisions that help you stand out in a crowded marketplace.
Find out:
- Why competitor analysis is about differentiation, not copying
- The four types of competitors worth tracking in your market
- What to look at when you analyze competitors, from topics and messaging to SEO and lead gen content
- The tools and methods that make competitor analysis practical
- How to turn your findings into three clear content outputs
- Who should own competitor analysis, and how marketing and sales should work together
Important links & mentions:
- Take the B2B Content Operations Benchmark: https://www.content10x.com/benchmark
- Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/356
- Part one of the B2B content strategy series — What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)?: https://www.content10x.com/354
- Part two of the B2B content strategy series — How Do You Align a B2B Content Strategy to Business Goals?: https://www.content10x.com/355
- Part 4 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?: https://www.content10x.com/357
- Part 4 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Choose Your B2B Content Channels and Formats https://www.content10x.com/358
- Part 6 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Why Content Repurposing & Distribution Should be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- SparkToro: https://www.sparktoro.com
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum
About the host: Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Is your content strategy built around your business goals, or just your content calendar?
Most B2B teams produce content consistently and put real effort into it. But when someone asks, “What’s this content doing for the business?” the answer isn’t always there.
That issue almost always starts in the same place: the strategy was never tied back to business goals in the first place.
In this episode, which is part two of our seven-part B2B content strategy series, host Amy Woods breaks down where a content strategy should start. She shares how to understand business goals from a content point of view, all the way to gathering the audience insight that makes it all click into place.
Find out:
- Why understanding business goals is the only right starting point for a content strategy
- What business goals look like in a content context (from brand awareness to employer brand)
- How the buyer journey shapes what you create and why
- Why B2B buying is more complex than most content strategies account for
- Where to find real audience insight and what to do with it
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/355
- Part 1 of our B2B content strategy series — What Is a B2B Content Strategy (And Why Does It Matter)? https://www.content10x.com/354
- Part 3 of our B2B content strategy series - How Does Competitor Analysis Fit into Your B2B Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/356
- Part 4 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?: https://www.content10x.com/357
- Part 5 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Choose Your B2B Content Channels and Formats
- Part 6 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Why Content Repurposing & Distribution Should be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d4Rcnrh2VsUN9d47rrdMypp&si=NjYvp1Ilo26KnIF3
- Take the B2B Content Operations Benchmark: https://www.content10x.com/benchmark
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Timestamps:
- 00:00 Content Without Purpose
- 00:57 B2B Content Strategy Series Intro
- 01:38 Free B2B Content Operations Benchmark Assessment
- 02:18 Start With Business Goals
- 04:52 Mapping the Buyer Journey
- 05:26 Matching Content Types to the Journey
- 07:03 Why B2B Buying Is Never Just One Person
- 08:08 Gathering Audience Insights
- 09:45 The House Analogy: Matching Content to the Moment
- 10:59 Measurement and KPIs — Preview
- 11:43 Wrap Up and Next Episode
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you commit random acts of content?
We’re excited to launch a brand new seven-part series on B2B content strategy, and this first episode is all about getting back to basics and addressing what a content strategy is.
Many B2B marketing teams are producing a lot of content, but when you ask why it exists, who it's for, or whether it's working, the answers aren't always clear.
Host Amy Woods explains what a content strategy is, why it matters, and how it differs from a content plan or a campaign.
Amy also explores why “random acts of content” rarely lead to consistent results, and what B2B teams need to put in place to create content that truly supports business goals - especially in longer, more complex buying cycles.
Whether you're building a strategy from scratch or sense-checking what you already have, this is the place to start.
Find out:
- What a B2B content strategy is – and why it matters
- The difference between strategy, plan, and campaign
- Why content without a strategy often lacks direction
- The key components of a strong content strategy and the questions every content strategy should answer
- Why strategy is so important in B2B and stakeholder alignment is critical
- How to use your strategy as a filter for day-to-day content decisions
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/354
- Part 2 of our B2B content strategy series - Building a B2B Content Strategy That Supports Business Goals: https://www.content10x.com/355
- Part 3 of our B2B content strategy series - How Does Competitor Analysis Fit into Your B2B Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/356
- Part 4 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Can Your B2B Content Strategy Work Without Core Messaging and Positioning?: https://www.content10x.com/357
- Part 5 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Choose Your B2B Content Channels and Formats
- Part 6 of our B2B Content Strategy series: Why Content Repurposing & Distribution Should be Built Into Your B2B Content Strategy
- Part 7 of our B2B Content Strategy series: How to Measure Your B2B Content Strategy (Without Drowning in Data)
- https://www.content10x.com/358
- B2B content strategy series on YouTube: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d4Rcnrh2VsUN9d47rrdMypp&si=NjYvp1Ilo26KnIF3
- Take the B2B Content Operations Benchmark: https://www.content10x.com/benchmark
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How confident are you that your content is working? Not your output but the strategy behind it, the processes that support it, and the team set up to deliver it.
Most B2B content teams are moving too fast to stop and take stock. It’s easy to keep investing in tactics that aren’t building on the right foundations.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods introduces our brand new B2B Content Operations Benchmark - a free assessment for B2B content and marketing teams that replaces the original Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard, which launched over three years ago.
Amy walks through what’s changed, why the original scorecard needed a complete rebuild, and what the new benchmark covers. She also makes the case for why benchmarks and assessments are often underused content formats in B2B and why building one could be one of the smartest content investments your team makes.
Listen to find out:
- Why we retired the original Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard after over three years, and what made it the right time to rebuild
- How the B2B Content Operations Benchmark goes further than the original, and why the scope had to expand
- What each of the three benchmark categories covers - Content Strategy & Planning, Content Operations & Technology, and Team Capability & Culture - and the personalized report that is shared with participants
- Why a structured diagnostic can be one of the most useful things a B2B content team can create - especially when making the case for resources or change
- Ways that you can repurpose a benchmark/scorecard and how they can power a content engine
- A preview of the upcoming 7-episode content strategy series covering connecting content to revenue, competitor analysis, core messaging, channels and formats, distribution and repurposing, and measurement and KPIs
Important links & mentions:
- Take the free B2B Content Operations Benchmark: https://www.content10x.com/benchmark
- Blog post about this episode: https://www.content10x.com/353
- Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a content agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She’s also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What does it take to build a B2B podcast that people actually want to listen to, in one of the most crowded content spaces out there?
Producing a show with personality and purpose is the best way to spark interest, gain repeat listeners, and get people talking about your brand.
In this episode, Amy sits down with Jess Cook, VP of Marketing at Vector, to talk about their fantastic podcast, This Meeting Could Have Been a Podcast – a show that we have the pleasure of working on at Content 10x.
From scrapping the original concept to building a LinkedIn presence that's become a genuine awareness magnet, Jess shares how personality, specificity, and a smart content strategy combine to make a show that really stands out.
Find out:
- Why Jess scrapped the original podcast concept and started over from scratch
- The show's purpose: arming marketing leaders with how to have better conversations with their CEOs and solve problems
- How she named every episode like a Seinfeld script - and why that specificity works
- The decision to record in-person and how it transforms chemistry and production quality
- How LinkedIn personal branding has become Vector's most powerful awareness channel
- How encouraging the whole team at Vector to post has amplified their reach
- The planned and surprise benefits of a strong B2B podcast
- How 'Vector-on-Vector' — using their own platform in their own marketing — has become their best proof point
- What's coming next for Vector in 2026, including the “Ghost Tour Tour” and season 3 of the show
Important links & mentions:
- Jess on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesscook-contentmarketing/
- Josh on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/joshuaperk/
- Vector’s Website: https://www.vector.co
- Vector’s podcast This Meeting Could’ve Been A Podcast: https://vector.transistor.fm/people/jess-cook
- Vector episode Josh Overthrows Jess and Gets Cancelled: https://vector.transistor.fm/episodes/josh-overthrows-jess-and-gets-canceled
- Content 10x Podcast Episode 302: How to Maximize Content with a Small Team with Jess Cook: https://www.content10x.com/302
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
People trust people over one-size-fits-all messaging and logos.
Today’s business buyers and decision-makers want to know the people behind the brand. That’s where the growth and connection happen.
In this episode, which is part four of a four-part miniseries, host Amy Woods sits down with Sarah Goodall, CEO & Founder of Tribal Impact, to discuss the importance of gaining cultural buy-in for employee-led content to make a real long-term impact.
In this conversation, we discuss:
- Why people trust content from their peers over traditional brand messaging.
- The importance of building and nurturing employee trust
- Why today’s buyers and consumers want to know the person behind the brand
- How to measure growth ‘what good looks like’ with employee-led content
- The reasons why you should view LinkedIn as a networking platform instead of a marketing platform
- How to shift your cultural mindset and treat your employee-led program as a sustainable initiative, not a one-off campaign
Important links & mentions:
- Our main series blog post on ‘Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026’: https://www.content10x.com/why-employee-led-content-is-the-biggest-b2b-advantage-in-2026/
- Sarah on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoodall/
- Tribal Impact’s Website: https://www.tribalimpact.com
- Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Each of your employees is a potential content marketing, brand-building, lead-generating goldmine.
But to tap into this opportunity, you need to move away from using a one-size-fits-all strategy.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods talks about why it’s important to give up some control, avoid using the same approach for everyone, and help employees show up online in a genuine way.
Amy shares why it’s better to ditch forced formats and scripts, discusses ways to build trust with different messages, and explains how to set up systems that empower unique voices to show up in multiple ways.
If you want to add employee-led content to your brand strategy, this episode is for you! But before you jump in, check out episodes 348 and 349 for part one and part two of our content deep dive.
Find out:
- What types of content and messaging work best on LinkedIn
- How to help employees feel confident posting online
- How to create systems that support employee content at scale
- Where to find inspiration for LinkedIn posts
- Why it's important to analyze what is getting attention online
Important links & mentions:
- Episode 347: Why Not All Content Works Everywhere (And Why That’s a Good Thing) https://www.content 10x.com/347
- Episode 348 (Part 1): Why Employee-Led Content is the Biggest B2B Advantage https://www.content 10x.com/348
- Episode 349 (Part 2): How to Build an Employee-Led Content System That Actually Works https://www.content 10x.com/349
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
When companies invest in employee-led content they must not treat it as a short-term campaign – that’s a recipe for disappointment.
This episode directly follows on from our last episode, Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026. Host, Amy Woods, moves from why people-led content matters to how to implement it properly. The conversation centers on employee-led content and how to build it in a way that lasts.
Amy explains the differences between employee activation on LinkedIn, employee-generated content, and employee advocacy. She also covers how these pieces fit together without forcing people to post or stripping out their voice.
If you’re thinking about building a content strategy that expands your brands reach and facilitates authentic connections, this is a great place to start.
Find out:
- What an employee activation program on LinkedIn looks like in practice
- How to identify the right employees to take part and represent your brand
- Why the first 3-6 months are often messy (and why that’s normal)
- What to measure early on, and what takes longer to have an impact
- What employee-generated content and employee advocacy looks like in practice
- How employee-led content can extend beyond LinkedIn into podcasts, events, and interviews
Important links & mentions:
- Episode 348 (Part 1): Why Employee-Led Content Is the Biggest B2B Advantage in 2026: https://www.content10x.com/348
- Episode 350 (Part 3): How to Enable Employee-Led Content Without Forcing It: https://www.content10x.com/350
- Episode 343: Why Smart Companies Are Investing in Their Leaders’ Personal Brands with Ash Jones: https://www.content10x.com/why-smart-companies-are-investing-in-their-leaders-personal-brands-with-ash-jones/#
- Get the Most Out of Your Guest Appearances: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-appearance/
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Trust has always been one of the hardest things to earn in B2B marketing. As content volumes have increased, that challenge has only grown. When buyers are surrounded by more posts, more articles, and more opinions than ever before, it becomes harder to know who to believe and who to ignore.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, Amy Woods talks through why people-led content is something you cannot afford to ignore in 2026. After years of higher output and faster production, and with AI making it easier than ever to scale, buyers are paying closer attention to who is speaking, not just what is being said. Experience, judgement, and credibility now carry more weight than polish.
This episode focuses on the ‘why’ behind people-led content – specifically employee-led content in B2B. Amy explores why trust feels harder to earn today, why human voices are starting to outperform brand-led messaging, and why this shift reflects buyer behaviour rather than a passing trend.
If you’re thinking about how to build credibility, engage your audience, and push your brand further without adding to the noise, this episode will help reframe how you approach visibility and trust in B2B marketing.
Find out:
- Why trust has become the real constraint in B2B marketing
- How AI-driven scale has changed expectations (and buyer skepticism)
- Why people now trust individuals more than brands
- What “people-led content” means in a B2B context
- Why this shift is unavoidable for brands that want to stand out in 2026
Important links & mentions:
- Episode 349 (Part 2): How to Build an Employee-Led Content System That Actually Works: https://www.content10x.com/349
- Episode 350 (Part 3): How to Enable Employee-Led Content Without Forcing It: https://www.content10x.com/350
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
In this first episode of 2026, Amy Woods makes the case for one word that should guide your B2B content decisions this year: intent.
Because while AI has made it easier than ever to publish at speed, a volume-first approach often creates content that is lacking purpose and feels generic (and gets ignored).
Amy explores why audiences show up with different mindsets on different platforms, why one-size-fits-all repurposing rarely works, and how getting clearer on your intent (engagement, clicks, DMs, shares, leads) helps you create content that performs better - and feels more natural to make.
If you want a smarter content repurposing strategy in 2026, start here.
Find out:
- Why not all content works everywhere (and why that should never be the goal)
- How platform intent changes audience behavior (even when it’s the same person)
- How to repurpose the same idea in different ways without copy/pasting across channels
- Tips for matching your marketing intent to platform intent so you measure success properly
- How three simple questions can improve your content decisions instantly
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post related to this episode: https://www.content10x.com/347
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What happens when you plan your content strategy around the end result, but stay flexible enough to pivot when the data comes in? Amy Higgins, Senior Director of Content Strategy at Cloudflare, has mastered this approach.
In this episode, host Amy Woods sits down with Amy, an award-winning marketing leader with extensive experience building and scaling content teams that drive measurable impact across brand, demand, and thought leadership.
At Cloudflare, Amy leads a team producing everything from large-scale research reports to blogs, podcasts, and video content, turning one core asset into hundreds of derivative pieces across channels and regions.
In this conversation, Amy shares:
- How to plan a survey with the end content in mind
- Why cross-functional collaboration (product, sales, regional marketing, analysts) is essential for stronger insights
- How to stay flexible and adjust your plans based on what the data actually tells you.
- The unexpected benefits of prioritizing quality over volume, even if it reduces the dataset
- What to measure, and how, once your survey-based content starts going live
Important links & mentions:
- Amy Higgins on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywhiggins
- Amy Woods on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
After 8 years and 345 episodes, what does it really take to build a sustainable B2B podcast?
In this milestone episode, co-hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans reflect on The Content 10x Podcast’s 8-year journey. Hayley asks Amy to share her 8 most important lessons learned from 8 years of consistent podcasting.
Amy reveals how the podcast started with clear goals; to build authority, establish thought leadership, and understand what Content 10x’s clients experience with their own podcasts. But as she shares in this conversation, it’s evolved into something much more significant.
This episode explores the realities of long-term content creation, from the critical importance of consistency to why repurposing has been essential for survival.
Amy also shares the challenges, the unexpected benefits, and what it really takes to maintain quality content production year after year.
Find out:
- Why Amy believes the podcast wouldn’t have survived 8 years without repurposing
- The reason Content 10x moved from weekly to biweekly episodes
- How “random acts of content” kill momentum and what to do instead
- Why a podcast is never just about content creation and the unexpected benefits
- How podcasting opened doors to speaking opportunities and partnerships
- Why maintaining high quality standards matters more than frequency
- The value of embracing and adapting to change
- Why investing in specialists beats trying to do everything yourself
- How podcasting became an unexpected L&D tool for professional growth
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/345
- How to Win at AI Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn: https://www.content10x.com/310
- Learn more about The Content10x or book a call: https://www.content10x.com/services/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
We trust leaders for their authenticity, so what happens when their words are written by AI?
In this solo episode, host and Content 10x founder Amy Woods reflects on her recent conversation with Ash Jones, founder of Great Influence and Great Leaders, and explores a new twist in the world of personal branding - the rise of AI tools that promise to “do it all” for you.
Shortly after the conversation with Ash, Amy came across a LinkedIn post promoting an AI platform that claims to study a CEO’s tone of voice, create their content, and even comment on posts on their behalf.
It raised an important question if your personal brand isn’t personal anymore… what’s left?
AI can make content faster. But leadership visibility isn’t about speed, it’s about sincerity.
In this episode, Amy shares her thoughts on where AI fits into personal branding, and where it doesn’t, plus how leaders and companies can balance efficiency with authenticity.
Find out:
- Why fully automating your personal brand completely misses the point
- The difference between human-supported and AI-generated leadership content
- The risks of outsourcing your voice completely and how to keep your leadership voice authentic, original, and human
- Where AI can play a useful role in the creative process
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/344
- Why Smart Companies Are Investing in Their Leaders’ Personal Brands with Ash Jones: https://www.content10x.com/343
- What Should You Use AI in Content Marketing (And When You Should Avoid It)? https://www.content10x.com/when-to-use-ai-in-content-marketing/
- AI in B2B Marketing: What’s Working, What’s Failing and What’s Next: https://www.content10x.com/340
- Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How can B2B companies turn their leaders into one of their most powerful marketing and employer branding assets?
Host, Amy Woods, is joined by Ash Jones for a second time on the podcast. Ash is the founder of Great Influence and Great Leaders and in this episode Amy and Ash explore the growing trend of leadership visibility and personal branding for leaders within organizations on LinkedIn.
Ash shares the story of how Great Leaders began, almost by accident, after working with Booking.com, and how the results from that project inspired a new model for companies looking to activate their senior teams on LinkedIn.
This conversation dives into why helping leaders build a personal brand isn’t a risk but instead it’s a strategic advantage, and what it really takes to make it work inside complex businesses.
Find out:
- The moment Ash realised leadership visibility was the next evolution of personal branding
- Why big organizations like Booking.com and Sky are investing in leadership voices
- The measurable business impact of activating leaders on LinkedIn
- How to balance company messaging with authentic personal expression
- Why the fear of “they’ll get headhunted” is an outdated mindset
- How to help senior leaders find confidence, consistency and real influence online
- Ash’s advice for “cracking LinkedIn” and what most people get wrong
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/343
- Ash on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ash-jones-85363975/
- Great Influence: https://greatinfluence.com/
- Great Leaders: https://greatinfluence.com/leaders
- Amy on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What types of content are B2B marketing leaders repurposing the most? Are they doing enough of it, and what’s holding them back?
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans build on insights from 20 senior B2B marketing leaders interviewed on our sister show, B2B Content Strategist.
This time, Hayley interviews Amy to uncover the big themes that emerged around content repurposing and the future of B2B marketing.
Find out about:
- The most popular types of content to repurpose – from benchmark reports and white papers to webinars, podcasts, and panel discussions
- Why planning repurposing upfront delivers better results and avoids it becoming an afterthought
- The dangers of “checkbox repurposing” – and how to focus on quality and substance over volume
- How leading marketers are adapting to changing buyer journeys, new search behaviors, and the rise of AI-generated content
- The future of B2B content: authenticity, personalization, and why human voice and storytelling will matter more than ever
Important links & mentions:
- Hayley on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Creating and Repurposing B2B Research & Reports: https://www.content10x.com/330
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful B2B Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How are top B2B marketing teams structured? What are their secrets and what do they outsource?
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, hosts Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, reflect on the big takeaways and learnings from 20 interviews with senior B2B marketing leaders on our sister show B2B Content Strategist.
Instead of Amy interviewing, Hayley turns the tables and interviews Amy to uncover the big themes that emerged.
Find out:
- How B2B marketing teams are structured (and how they stay lean yet agile)
- Cross-functional collaboration - where content teams fit in and how they work with sales, analytics, and other departments
- What gets kept in-house vs outsourced and how it’s a balancing act
- The importance of a good brief for all project and pieces of work, whether working with in-house teams or external partners
Important links & mentions:
- Blog post: https://www.content10x.com/341
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Episode 340 AI in B2B Marketing: What’s Working, What’s Failing, and What’s Next: https://www.content10x.com/340
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How are B2B marketing teams really using AI today?
In this episode, we kick off a brand-new mini-series reflecting on the biggest insights from our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist. First up: AI.
After speaking with 20 leading B2B marketers, we’ve uncovered how teams are experimenting with AI, what’s actually working, and where it’s going wrong. From content creation to workflow automation, from compliance headaches to the rise of human-centric storytelling — this episode pulls together the lessons, warnings, and opportunities shaping AI in B2B marketing right now.
Find out:
- What B2B marketing teams are using AI for (ideation, drafting, proofreading, workflow automation & more)
- Why AI is seen more as an efficiency tool than a creator
- Where leaders are drawing the line: originality, brand voice, and thought leadership
- The biggest AI pitfalls — from “samey” content to compliance risks
- Which AI tools are most popular with marketing teams today
- How human-led, authentic storytelling is becoming even more important in the AI era
Important links & mentions:
- B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Shannon Howard on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mjcrawford1/
- Martin Malloy on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/martinmalloy-ca/
- Luba Czyrsky on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lubaczyrsky/
- Paul Way on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/pkway/
- Mike D’Errico on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michael-derrico/
- Matt Crawford on Linkedin: https://www.linkedin.com/in/mjcrawford1/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
What does it take to run a truly scalable, customer-centric webinar strategy inside a large B2B organization?
In this episode - the final episode in our B2B webinar mini-series - we go behind the scenes of the B2B webinar engine at Fidelity Investments with Steve Jones, Director of Employer Marketing, and Lauren Franklin, Senior Manager, Channel Marketing & Events Specialist.
Their webinar program is built on structure, strategy, and serious results.
Steve and Lauren share how they’ve built and scaled a high-performing webinar strategy that aligns with both marketing goals and customer education. From implementing a detailed 68-step planning process to navigating compliance and live delivery, Steve and Lauren offer practical insights and real-world examples that any B2B marketer can learn from.
Find out:
- How Fidelity structures webinar content for different B2B audiences
- Why every webinar follows a detailed 68-step project plan
- The power of live webinars - and how they make them work
- Supporting speakers and scaling without sacrificing quality
- Making webinars part of both the marketing and customer education strategy
- Smart repurposing tactics (and how they work within a compliance-heavy organization)
- How to optimize your webinar to adapt to sudden changes
Important links & mentions:
- Our B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- Fidelity webinars: https://www.fidelity.com/learning-center/overview
- Steve Jones on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/fidelitystevejones/
- Lauren Franklin on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/fidelitylaurenfranklin/
- Blog post on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/339
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The content landscape has fundamentally shifted. Simple how-to guides used to be a staple of B2B marketing - highly valuable, searchable, and if your SEO is on-point they can appear at the top of search engine results pages.
In this episode, host Amy Woods shares how these simple how-to guides are now best left to AI, but this presents an opportunity. Sophisticated B2B audiences still crave expert guidance for complex, high-stakes decisions. The key is understanding which how-to content to abandon and which to double down on.
Find out:
- Why simple how-to guides are now dominated by AI and why this shift impacts your content strategy and SEO
- The critical differences between basic and expert-driven how-to guides and why depth, nuance, and originality matter more than ever
- Steps to evaluate and create standout, expert-led how-to guides that attract clicks, build authority, and deliver value your audience can't get from AI
- Tips for repurposing your expert guides across multiple formats and channels for maximum impact
Important links & mentions:
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/content-ai-cant-create/
- How to Build a Winning Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/winning-blog-content-strategy/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- Content 10x Expert Interview Service https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews/
- Blog post on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/338
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Running a B2B webinar can feel like walking a tightrope. It’s a balancing act between providing valuable content with handling tech issues with keeping your audience engaged. Plus, you have to promote it, get people to sign up in the first place, and repurpose it.
In part five of our B2B webinar miniseries, Amy Woods, CEO & Founder, and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, tackle the FAQs that we get asked related to webinars.
This episode is packed with useful advice to help you tackle your next B2B webinar with confidence and help you navigate common challenges.
Find out:
- What to do when the tech fails mid-webinar, and why those moments can actually help build connection
- How to troubleshoot low registration numbers
- Proven strategies to keep your audience actively engaged throughout your webinar
- The best ways to convert webinar attendees into leads or customers after the session ends
- When to gate your webinar content vs. make it freely accessible for maximum reach
Important links & mentions:
- Download the B2B Webinar Planning Playbook: https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Hayley on Linkedin https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayleyevans888/
- Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
A well-planned webinar is just the beginning — what you do with that content afterwards can make all the difference.
In this episode, Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, joins host Amy Woods in the fourth installment of our webinar miniseries. They explore how to repurpose webinar content into new formats that work across the marketing funnel – from quick-win video clips and blogs to longer-term strategies that help you get more from every minute of your webinar.
Find out:
- Why repurposing starts with how you plan and run the webinar
- The best types of content to create from a webinar recording
- How to match repurposed content with different stages of the funnel
- Tips for making your repurposing process more efficient
- Why repurposed content can extend your reach and results
Important links & mentions:
- The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Promotion doesn't stop once the webinar begins, and follow-up is just as important.
In part three of our miniseries all about B2B webinars, Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, run through the full promotion cycle: before, during, and after. They share practical advice on how to get your webinar in front of the right people, keep them engaged, and follow up in a way that adds value and keeps the conversation going.
It’s a full-funnel approach to getting more from every webinar you run.
Find out:
- What goes into a solid webinar promotion plan across channels
- Why your title and messaging matter more than you might think
- How to work with guests, partners, and your own team to widen reach
- What to include in your follow-up for attendees and no-shows
- How to use feedback and post-event engagement to inform future webinars
Important links & mentions:
- The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
A successful webinar starts with a smart plan.
In part two of our webinars miniseries, Amy Woods is joined again by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to share how B2B marketers can plan webinars that deliver real value – and set the stage for repurposing afterwards. They cover everything from choosing a topic and format, to picking the right platform and setting goals that align with your wider content strategy.
It’s all about being clear on what your audience wants, and building from there.
Find out:
- How to set clear goals and pick a strong topic your audience will care about
- What to think about when choosing a format and platform
- Why good structure and flow matters just as much as the content
- How to keep your audience engaged during the webinar
- What to plan ahead of time to make things easier on the day
Important links & mentions:
- The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Webinars have been a favorite format in B2B content marketing for years – but why do they work so well?
In the first episode of our webinars miniseries, host Amy Woods is joined by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to explore the benefits of webinars from both a strategic and practical point of view. Together, they break down seven clear reasons why webinars are still such an effective format for lead generation, relationship building, and content creation.
Find out:
- Why webinars are great for lead generation and audience engagement
- How they build trust and support thought leadership
- Why they're perfect for repurposing into lots of other content
- The benefits of webinars compared to in-person events
- What kind of data and insights they offer to help improve future content
Important links & mentions:
- The B2B Webinar Planning Playbook https://www.content10x.com/webinar-guide/
- Marketing Webinars: The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Promoting & Repurposing B2B Webinars to Drive Growth https://www.content10x.com/webinars-ultimate-guide/
- Expert Interviews Miniseries https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Webinars continue to be one of the most trusted and effective tools in B2B marketing – and in this episode, we’re highlighting why.
Ahead of our upcoming webinar miniseries, Amy Woods brings together insights from guests on our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist, who all had one thing in common: they believe webinars are worth the effort. From the importance of compelling titles to choosing the right platform and repurposing every session into lasting content, you’ll hear real-life examples of how B2B marketers are using webinars to drive results and build long-term value.
Find out:
- Why webinars remain a core part of B2B marketing strategies
- What smart marketers are doing to get the most value from each session
- How to think beyond the live event and into long-term content opportunities
- Tips on repurposing webinar content to reach different audiences
- What makes webinars more than just a one-off event
Important links & mentions:
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Live, virtual, and hybrid events continue to be a strategic advantage for B2B marketers – offering original thought leadership and genuine human connection that AI can’t replicate. In this episode, Amy Woods explores how live and virtual events can become high-performing engines for content – if you plan for it. From community-building to capturing thought leadership, you’ll hear why events are a key part of a content strategy. Plus, insights from marketers who’ve turned conferences, customer gatherings, and virtual events into months of valuable, human-led content.
Find out:
- Why events are the ultimate way to connect with your audience and capture authentic content
- How to build content plans around your event – before it even begins
- What expert B2B marketers are doing differently with their events
- Ways to repurpose event content across formats like blogs, podcasts, videos, and more
- What to measure after the event to track ROI and keep the momentum going
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323
- Creating and Repurposing B2B Research & Reports https://www.content10x.com/330
- Expert Interviews Miniseries https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared
- How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber https://www.content10x.com/225
- WorldDAB Case Study https://www.content10x.com/case-study-worlddab/
- Metadata Case Study https://www.content10x.com/case-study-metadata/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Original research is one of the most powerful tools in B2B marketing. It’s a direct path to unique insights, fresh content, and a strong and differentiated industry presence. Host Amy Woods breaks down why original research is worth the effort, how it positions your brand as a trusted authority, and the many ways it can fuel your entire marketing funnel with high-value, repurposable content that AI simply can’t replicate.
Find out:
- The value of original research in B2B marketing and how to choose the right topics
- How research-backed content boosts credibility and sets you apart from generic AI-generated noise
- Content creation and repurposing opportunities across multiple channels
- The role of proprietary research in demand generation, pipeline growth, and industry positioning
- Key insights from B2B industry experts and their approach to original research and reports
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- The 4 Rs of Repurposing Research with Michele Linn https://www.content10x.com/237/
- 7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume https://www.content10x.com/297/
- B2B Content Strategist Podcast https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do you find and book fantastic experts to interview? And how can you use expert interviews to create content that stands out?
To add value to our recent five-part miniseries on expert interviews, we’re bringing back a fantastic conversation from 2023 with Sarah Goff-Dupont, prev. Principal Writer for Work Life by Atlassian, executive ghostwriter, and public speaker.
Sarah delivered an insightful talk at Content Marketing World in 2022, Your Words, Not Mine: How (And Why) To Spice Up Your Content With Expert Interviews, which caught host Amy Wood’s attention – so much so that she invited her onto the podcast to dig deeper into the topic. In this episode, originally recorded in early 2023 but still just as useful today, Amy explores the art of expert interviews with Sarah, covering everything from preparation to execution and repurposing.
If you’ve been following our recent series, you’ll know we’re passionate about expert interviews and how they help create unique, high-value content. This episode ties in perfectly, providing a real-world perspective on how expert interviews are conducted in-house, why they’re so powerful, and how they open up a world of content opportunities.
Find out:
- Why expert interviews are a great way to create standout content
- How to find the right experts and get them to agree to an interview
- The best way to prepare and conduct interviews
- How to repurpose an interview into multiple pieces of valuable content
Important links & mentions:
- Sarah Goff-Dupont on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoffdupont/
- Sarah on X: https://x.com/sarahgoffdupont/
- Atlassian: https://www.atlassian.com/
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews: https://www.content10x.com/video10x-exec/
- Watch our Expert Interviews Miniseries on YouTube: https://youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d5RjYsCkPsQb2CrmIRTauIL&feature=shared
- Listen to our Expert Interviews Miniseries: https://player.captivate.fm/collection/e9615e3d-b2fe-4895-9329-11b8cdd449fd
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy: https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
In the final episode of our five-part series, host Amy Woods is joined once again by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to answer the most frequently asked questions about expert interviews.
From how long they should be to how to keep conversations on track, Amy and Hayley share practical advice to help you get the most from your expert interviews – so you can turn in-house expertise into high-value, impactful content.
Find out:
- The ideal interview length (and why anything over an hour is a risk)
- How often to run expert interviews and how to fit them into your content workflow
- The biggest mistakes marketing teams make when interviewing experts – and how to avoid them
- Why a relaxed, conversational approach leads to better expert interviews than a rigid Q&A
- How expert interviews fit into your wider content strategy
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
In the fourth episode of our five-part miniseries, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, discuss ways you can repurpose expert interviews effectively.
They discuss how to reuse and reshape interviews for podcasts, blog posts, social media, and more, covering how to pick out key moments and keep things engaging across different formats.
Whether it’s short clips, written content, or a whole series, they talk through how to plan ahead and make repurposing simple, so you’re always getting the best return from your expert conversations that fuels your strategy for months.
Find out:
- How to turn expert interviews into multiple content formats
- Why they recommend short-form video
- How to make the most of platforms like LinkedIn and YouTube Shorts
- How distribution plays a role in maximizing reach and engagement
- The importance of engagement – and why posting isn’t enough
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
You’ve done the prep, set the strategy, and picked the experts. Now it’s time to hit record!
But a great interview isn’t just about asking the right questions – it’s about creating the right environment for insightful conversations to happen.
In part three of this five-part series, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, walk through what it takes to run a smooth, engaging expert interview. They cover the key steps to help everyone involved feel at ease, manage the technical side of recording, and ensure you walk away with content you can actually use.
Find out:
- Why pre-interview warm-ups make a big difference
- The best way to handle tech checks (and why you shouldn’t skip them)
- How to keep the conversation flowing while making sure you capture the right content
- The key to getting content that doesn’t feel scripted
- The role of a facilitator – and when to consider having one
- How to wrap up effectively and get feedback that makes future interviews even better
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The key to great expert interviews? It all starts with the right preparation.
In part two of our five-part series, host Amy Woods and Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, break down how to plan, structure, and set-up expert interviews.
From selecting the right experts (and interviewers) to asking open-ended questions that lead to real insights, they share what it takes to set your interviews up for success – before you even hit record.
Amy and Hayley also explore how expert interviews fit into your content strategy and how upfront planning makes the whole process run smoother.
Find out:
- How to align expert interviews with your content pillars and business goals
- The two key ‘whos’ – who to interview and who should run the interview
- Why choosing the right questions is just as important as choosing the right expert
- How to help your interviewee feel prepared and confident with pre-interview prep
- The must-do technical checklist: lighting, audio, internet speed, and more
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What if your best content is already within your team, waiting to be uncovered?
In this first episode of our five-part series, host Amy Woods is joined by Hayley Evans, Head of Marketing Operations and Client Account Management at Content 10x, to discuss the power of expert interviews and how they unlock high-value content that AI can’t replicate.
Amy and Hayley break down what expert interviews are, why they work, and how they help B2B companies create truly authentic, people-focused content straight from the voices of their in-house experts.
Find out:
- What expert interviews are and how they add depth to your content
- Who is considered an ‘expert’ in an organization – and why it goes beyond the C-suite
- How they bring authentic, people-focused stories to life
- The many content opportunities expert interviews create (beyond just the interview itself)
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/
- The Ultimate Guide to Planning, Recording & Repurposing Expert Interviews to Fuel Your Entire Content Strategy https://www.content10x.com/expert-interviews-ultimate-guide/
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina https://www.content10x.com/322/
- How to Create Content that AI Can’t Create https://www.content10x.com/323/
- Hayley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/hayley-evans-56421826/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The question on every B2B marketer’s mind: how do you compete with AI-generated content? And should you even try? We say no – rise above it.
Social feeds and Google search results are filling up with AI-generated content that is repetitive, uninspired, and simply low-quality. With the rise of commoditized content, it’s our job to create differentiated content and stand-out. In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, Host Amy Woods explores the types of content that only humans can create – content that’s authentic, nuanced, and impossible for AI to replicate. Plus, she shares how to repurpose your content for maximum impact.
Find out:
- Why it’s important to create content that AI can’t create
- The types of content B2B marketers should focus on
- How to repurpose content and make it go further
Important links & mentions:
- How to Build a Winning Blog Content Strategy with Andy Crestodina www.content10x.com/322
- B2B Content Marketing Trends & Predictions for 2025 www.content10x.com/321
- 7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume www.content10x.com/297
- The 4 Rs of Repurposing Research with Michele Linn www.content10x.com/237
- Livestream Repurposing: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly www.content10x.com/186
- Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce www.content10x.com/176
- How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber www.content10x.com/225
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What can 11 years of blogging data teach us about building a successful B2B blog content strategy? Amy Woods is joined by Andy Crestodina, Co-Founder and Chief Marketing Officer at Orbit Media, and the mastermind behind a highly regarded annual blogging survey that’s been running for over a decade. Andy shares some fascinating insights from the latest survey, exploring how blogging has changed, what successful content looks like today, and the steps bloggers (with a focus on B2B marketers) can take to overcome common challenges.
Find out:
- The surprising trends from 11 years of blogging data
- Why the most successful content mirrors the social media experience
- Some of the biggest challenges bloggers face (like driving traffic)
- How to adapt your content strategy for the rise of AI and generative search
- Tips on how to optimize blog posts to attract and retain readers
Important links & mentions:
- 2024 Blogging Statistics: 11 years of Trends and Insights from 1000+ Bloggers https://www.orbitmedia.com/blog/blogging-statistics
- Andy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/andycrestodina
- Andy’s book: https://www.orbitmedia.com/about/content-chemistry (Content Chemistry: The Illustrated Handbook for Content Marketing)
- How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn https://www.content10x.com/310
- Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics https://www.content10x.com/311
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, a creative agency that provides specialist content strategy, creation and repurposing support to B2B organizations.
She's also a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content marketing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get the latest content marketing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Content marketing never stands still. New ideas, tools, and techniques appear weekly, which is why anticipating then taking advantage of developments is so important for marketers.
As we head into 2025, several developments look set to define the year, the most notable of which is AI. More and more content we read online is generated with the click of a button on a free generative AI tool, which is why originality and thought leadership have never been more valuable.
So what can we expect from the coming months, not just from AI but also in areas such as search, communities, platforms, and more?
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks into her crystal ball and shares her thoughts, ideas, and predictions for the year ahead.
Find out:
- How marketers can benefit from the increased proliferation of AI-generated content
- Why webinars and events may make a comeback in 2025
- What the likely developments in LinkedIn, Slack, Discord, and ABM mean for marketers
Important links & mentions:
- B2B Marketing Insights: What 2024 Taught Us About Content Marketing www.content10x.com/320
- When Should You Use AI in Content Marketing (And When Should You Avoid It)? www.content10x.com/when-to-use-ai-in-content-marketing
- 10 Ways to Use AI to Create Authentic Content www.content10x.com/315
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
2024 has been an exciting year for The Content 10x Podcast. We’ve had the privilege of speaking with incredible guests who’ve shared their expertise and experiences across some of the most talked-about topics in B2B content marketing. From the role of AI to creative strategies for repurposing content, this episode brings together some of the standout moments and actionable B2B marketing insights from the past year.
Join host Amy Woods as she revisits the themes that defined 2024, reflecting on the trends, tools, and strategies shaping the future of B2B marketing. This special end-of-year episode is packed with insights, ideas, and plenty of inspiration to carry into 2025. Settle in for a trip down memory lane with some of the best moments from the podcast this year!
Find out:
- Key trends and developments that shaped B2B content marketing in 2024
- How AI is transforming content creation and repurposing without losing the human touch
- Practical advice for repurposing written content to maximize its reach and impact
- Actionable B2B content repurposing strategies from leading industry experts
Important links & mentions:
- The Changing Face of Marketing with Amanda Natividad www.content10x.com/308
- Boost Your B2B Marketing with Data-Driven Personalization with Zontee Hou www.content10x.com/312
- The Secrets of Digital First Marketing with Neal Schaffer www.content10x.com/316
- How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
- How to Use AI in Storytelling with Mike Allton www.content10x.com/318
- 7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume www.content10x.com/297
- How to Repurpose A Year of LinkedIn Posts into an eBook with Liz Elfman www.content10x.com/299
- Repurposing from Long to Short with Erica Schneider www.content10x.com/303
- Boosting Content Velocity through Repurposing with Ashley Faus www.content10x.com/301
- How to Maximize Content with a Small Team with Jess Cook www.content10x.com/302
- Beyond Remixing: Strategic Content Repurposing for B2B with Chris Hutchins www.content10x.com/305
- Amy’s book: www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Generative AI tools can be used for lots of aspects of content creation, from writing to creating images, but what about using AI to repurpose your long videos into short-form social media videos? Short, vertical videos have become increasingly important these days, especially with LinkedIn’s new video-only feed putting them front and center. In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives into the pros and cons of using AI tools for repurposing long-form videos into short-form videos for social media.
Find out:
- How AI tools can save time and be cost-effective for helping you to repurpose videos for social media
- The pitfalls of using generative AI tools for clip selection
- What human editors provide that AI tools can’t when it comes to repurposing long-form video content
Important links & mentions:
- AI vs Human Writing: Who Writes the Most Effective Content? www.content10x.com/ai-vs-human-writing
- 10 Ways to Use AI to Create Authentic Content www.content10x.com/315
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Ever wondered how storytelling can transform your marketing strategy? In this episode, Amy Woods chats with Mike Allton, Chief Storyteller at Agorapulse, to uncover the secrets behind compelling brand and customer narratives and the powerful role of AI in storytelling.
Discover:
- How storytelling can strengthen your brand and foster community engagement
- The ways Agorapulse integrates storytelling into customer communication
- How AI supports Mike in brainstorming, creating story frameworks, and managing six podcasts
- The importance of choosing the right storytelling framework beyond just the hero's journey
- The fine line between automation and creativity, and how to avoid the pitfalls of over-reliance on AI
- Ways AI can help analyze and improve your storytelling by identifying missing elements
- Mike's current preferences for AI tools in copywriting (Claude) vs. research/strategy (ChatGPT)
- The evolution of AI language models to incorporate more reasoning and evaluation
- The critical role of well-crafted prompts in getting quality AI output for business and marketing use cases
Important links & mentions:
- The Social Media Hat thesocialmediahat.com/connect
- Mike on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/mikeallton/
- How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Are you struggling to get found through your content? We dive into the art of effective content repurposing, exploring how it can transform your content strategy across search, email, and social media.
In a world where people search for information everywhere—from Google and Instagram to TikTok and generative AI tools—having a robust content strategy is more crucial than ever.
Join host Amy Woods to discuss the importance of search, email, and social media, and how they can help you effectively connect with your audience. Discover how you can turn your long-form content into valuable resources for your email subscribers and social media followers, ensuring you stay top-of-mind and drive meaningful engagement.
Find out:
- The importance of having content on your website and relevant social platforms
- Why email is essential for nurturing leads
- How social should complement your search and email strategies
- How to create pillar content (blogs, webinars, podcasts) that serves as a base for your content strategy
- Ways to break down long-form content into engaging email segments and social media posts
- How effective content repurposing can streamline your content creation process, saving time while maximizing reach
Important links & mentions:
- The Secrets of Digital First Marketing with Neal Schaffer www.content10x.com/316
- How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics www.content10x.com/311
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Ever feel like keeping up with the constantly shifting world of digital-first marketing can feel overwhelming? Neal Schaffer, Fractional CMO, author and speaker, offers a refreshing perspective on how to weave together the essential components of effective marketing.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives deep with Neal into his latest book, Digital Threads, where he outlines a practical framework for businesses to implement big brand strategies on a budget. Discover how the SES framework—Search, Email, and Social Media—can transform your marketing approach and help you build meaningful relationships with your audience.
Find out:
- The six containers of digital marketing
- Strategies for search, email, and social media marketing - aka the SES Framework
- How to get the maximum ROI from social media
Important links & mentions:
- Digital Threads https://nealschaffer.com/free-preview-ebook-digital-threads/
- Neal on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/nealschaffer/
- How to Win at Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do you use AI to create authentic content? AI is being integrated into every aspect of our working lives as content marketers. Especially with content creation and repurposing. In many ways it’s fantastic, but there are risks when you take it too far and end up stripping out the human element of your content.
No one wants their B2B content to sound robotic and unimaginative, so how do you use AI to improve your systems and processes while still producing human-led high-quality content? In this episode, we look at 10 ways to use AI while keeping your content authentic.
Find out:
- Tips for keeping content human in the age of AI
- Types of content to use AI for
- The importance of conducting a human edit and avoiding AI-tells
- How to use AI for copy reviews and routine tasks
- Why you should emphasize storytelling and incorporate human touchpoints
- Why it’s important to engage with your audience in real time
- How to stay updated on AI developments
Important links & mentions:
- How to Win with Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- How to Use AI While Still Sounding Human with Ian Anderson Gray www.content10x.com/314
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Gen AI tools are having an impact on B2B marketing – sometimes good, sometimes bad, sometimes ugly!
In this episode, host Amy Woods is joined by Ian Anderson Gray to explore using AI when creating and optimizing content.
They talk about:
- The best tools and what they can help to streamline, such as ChatGPT, Descript, and Notion
- The benefits, and ethical implications, of various gen AI tools
- The importance of maintaining a human touch while leveraging AI for efficiency
- Creating custom AI assistants tailored for business consultations and content generation
- The future of content marketing and the all-important balance between automated functional content and the irreplaceable human touch
Important links & mentions:
- How to Win with Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- Ian on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/ianandersongray
- Ian's website https://iag.me
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Did you know that AI tools can inadvertently produce content that infringes on copyrights and trademarks?
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods unpacks some of the legal and ethical ramifications of using generative AI for content creation in B2B marketing.
Amy discusses crucial aspects such as copyright and trademark infringement, the user's legal responsibility for AI-generated content, and ethical considerations. She also highlights the importance of understanding the terms and conditions of AI tools, cites real-world examples, and provides advice on protecting your brand and intellectual property – it should be noted that Amy is not providing legal advice in this episode, she is simply trying to open eyes to some of the legal implications of using gen AI.
Find out:
- Some of the ways that AI is being used by marketing teams
- The legal and ethical considerations of creating and sharing AI-generated content
- And how important it is to protect your brand and your IP in the AI world we now live in
Important links & mentions:
- Boost Your B2B Marketing with Data-Driven Personalization with Zontee Hou www.content10x.com/312
- Optimizing Content for AI: Effective Repurposing Tactics www.content10x.com/311
- How to Win with Gen AI Search with Christopher Penn www.content10x.com/310
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do marketing and business leaders build a competitive advantage? Everyone wants their brand to stand out from the crowd and to reach their customers in a way that they find rewarding, relevant, and impactful. And research shows that customers' expectations are for a highly personalized, relevant experience that doesn’t waste their time.
In this episode, host Amy Woods welcomes Zontee Hou, Managing Director of our fantastic client Convince & Convert, speaker and advisor, author of Data-Driven Personalization, and host of the Data-Driven Decisions limited-series podcast, onto the show to share her expertise on how marketing leaders can harness data to create highly relevant and impactful customer experiences.
Zontee also discusses the various types of marketing data, including demographics, behavioral data, psychographics, and technographics. She provides compelling examples to illustrate how data-driven personalization can lead to more effective marketing campaigns and stronger customer loyalty and talks us through the process of not only collecting data, but analyzing it to deliver meaningful marketing experiences while maintaining customer trust.
Find out:
- The importance of data-driven personalization
- Types of marketing data that can be utilized
- Common pitfalls in data-driven marketing
Important links & mentions:
- Data-Driven Personalization https://zonteehou.com/datadrivenpersonalization/
- Data-Driven Decisions https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/data-driven-decisions/
- Convince & Convert Newsletter https://www.convinceandconvert.com/newsletter/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Are you optimizing your content for AI-powered search? In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods explores the changes to B2B marketing strategy since the rise of generative AI.
Amy discusses how AI is changing search behavior and talks through nine strategic and tactical tips for building B2B brand awareness and mindshare with gen AI tools.
This episode also touches on the balance between quality and quantity in content creation and how repurposing can help achieve both.
Find out:
- Why (maybe) your brand should be everywhere
- Tactical tips for building brand awareness with AI
- How repurposing can help
Important links & mentions:
- How to win at gen AI search with Christopher Penn https://www.content10x.com/win-at-gen-ai-search/
- Why being everywhere isn’t the goal of content repurposing https://www.content10x.com/being-everywhere-content-repurposing/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What impact is generative AI having on search behaviors and how is that affecting the way we approach content marketing in the B2B space?
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods speaks to Christopher Penn, who is the Co-Founder and Chief Data Scientist at Trust Insights, an organization that helps companies collect data so they can make better decisions. Together they discuss the rapidly evolving landscape of generative AI search behaviors and their impact on content marketing.
Christopher shares insights into how search engines are powered by AI to deliver the snippet answers that appear at the top of SERPs (Search Engine Results Page). More and more people tend to go to the gen AI tools like ChatGPT and Perplexity for information and answers. All of this is changing the dynamics of content visibility and traffic.
Christopher highlights the need to create 'the most best content' and adopt a multi-channel distribution strategy to ensure brand prominence.
He also provides actionable advice on utilizing AI in content marketing, including understanding training data, leveraging SEO, and a framework for assessing tasks suitable for AI.
Find out:
- The impact of gen AI on search traffic
- How to train gen AI to recognize your brand
- The importance of repurposing content to maximize reach
Important links & mentions:
- Trust Insights https://www.trustinsights.ai/
- Trust Insights' 5P Framework https://www.trustinsights.ai/blog/2024/03/why-change-management-the-trust-insights-approach/
- Christopher on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/cspenn/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
With more than 100,000 active communities, Reddit is a vast and often untapped resource for B2B marketers. And so, in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods dives into its potential as a tool for B2B marketing.
Discover the fundamentals of Reddit, from the unique structure of subreddits to its voting system that brings the most popular content to the forefront. Learn why B2B marketers should consider Reddit for targeted audience engagement, real-time market research, thought leadership, and even lead generation. Amy also shares insights from a previous episode with Amanda Natividad of SparkToro, highlighting how Reddit's niche communities offer unparalleled insights into audience interests and concerns.
Tune in to discover how to turn Reddit into a powerful component of your B2B marketing strategy.
Find out:
- How Reddit is used
- Why it’s useful for B2B marketers
- Best practices for B2B marketers on Reddit
Important links & mentions:
- The changing face of marketing with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/the-changing-face-of-marketing/
- Boosting content velocity through repurposing with Ashley Faus https://www.content10x.com/boosting-content-velocity/
- How to maximize content with a small team with Jess Cook https://www.content10x.com/maximize-content-with-small-teams/
- Our consulting and strategy services https://www.content10x.com/consulting-and-strategy/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners with B2B marketing teams to help them get more out of their content.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What’s happened in the world of zero-click content and audience research since Amanda Natividad, VP of Marketing at SparkToro, was last on The Content 10x Podcast?
In this episode, host Amy Woods welcomes Amanda back to find out about that and much more.
Amanda explains a bit about SparkToro, an audience research tool, that reveals critical insights about an audience's preferred websites, social accounts, podcasts, YouTube channels, and even search keywords. She explains their recent improvements and how B2B marketers can leverage these insights to enhance their marketing strategies.
Amanda delves into the core idea of zero-click content, which focuses on providing standalone value in native social media platform posts without requiring users to click away. She shares practical examples and how it has become essential for increasing social media engagement and retention.
The discussion also explores the implications of AI on search behavior and audience research, emphasizing the need for marketers to adapt and stay updated with changing marketing trends.
Find out:
- How to conduct audience research
- What’s happened in the world of zero-click content
- The impact of AI on search behavior
Important links & mentions:
- SparkTogether event https://sparktoro.com/sparktogether/
- Amanda on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amandanat/
- Exploring Zero Click Content with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/exploring-content-amanda-natividad/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Webinar content is just crying out to be repurposed! So, in this episode of the Content 10X Podcast, host Amy Woods shares 10 practical strategies for repurposing a webinar to maximize ROI.
Amy discusses the benefits of webinars for B2B marketing strategies and dives into methods like creating on-demand videos, thought leadership social posts, YouTube videos, podcast episodes, blog posts, carousels, keynote talks, short social videos, industry publication articles, and eBooks.
Tune in to learn how to extend the value of your webinars and reach a broader audience.
Find out:
- Why webinars are great for B2B marketing
- 10 ways to repurpose your webinar content
- The benefits of repurposing your webinar
Important links & mentions:
- Consulting and strategy services https://www.content10x.com/consulting-and-strategy/
- How to repurpose a talk into a webinar https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-talk-to-webinar/
- Our webinar page https://www.content10x.com/webinars/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you have a plan for your talk other than delivering it on a stage – be it at a live event or a virtual stage? Because although one great keynote can be delivered over and over, there are other ways it can be repurposed.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods focuses on the process of transforming talks into engaging webinars. She shares her experience of recently repurposing one of her keynotes into a webinar. She also looks at the benefits, including amplifying your reach and increasing opportunity for audience engagement.
Throughout this episode, you’ll hear practical tips and insightful strategies for seamlessly repurposing your talk into a webinar whether it’s a talk to a large audience at an event, or a small presentation internally to colleagues.
Find out:
- Why repurposing a talk into a webinar is effective
- What the benefits are
- Tips on how to repurpose your talk into a webinar
Important links & mentions:
- Our webinar on demand https://www.content10x.com/webinars/
- Sign up to the Content 10x Insider https://www.content10x.com/newsletter/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do you decide what content to repurpose? What is the best type of content to repurpose? What are some of the biggest misconceptions about content repurposing? These are just some of the questions we get into with our guest on this episode, Chris Hutchins from 6sense.
Chris shares his insights on why long-form content is powerful for repurposing in B2B marketing. He emphasizes the value of remixing content to maximize return on investment and enhance team efficiencies. Chris also delves into practical strategies for content repurposing.
The episode also explores challenges and best practices in measuring the impact of content repurposing, with Chris offering candid insights into the difficulties of quantification beyond traditional metrics. You’ll also hear innovative ways to approach content creation and repurposing, focusing on strategic planning, team collaboration, and leveraging technological advancements.
This is the third and final episode in our B2B marketing leaders mini-series with Chris, Ashley Faus, and Jess Cook.
Find out:
- Why long-form written content is the best type of content to repurpose
- The power of generative AI to help with repurposing
- Why you need a repurposing process
Important links & mentions:
- 6Sense https://6sense.com/
- Boosting content velocity through repurposing with Ashley Faus https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
- How to maximize content with a small team with Jess Cook https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
- Chris on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jchutchinswriter/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Need a little helping hand when it comes to creating content for LinkedIn? We’ve all been there. It continues to be the fastest-growing platform and has the potential to have a major impact on your brand and your company, not to mention your career trajectory.
So when the annual Algorithm Insights report from Richard van der Blom and his team at Just Connecting gets released, we pay close attention. It’s always eye-opening to see what we can do to help our client’s content and boost our own while uncovering new ways repurposing content can help us reach our objectives for the platform. So we’ve pulled out some of the key insights and have broken them down in this episode.
Curious to know how repurposing can help your LinkedIn content strategy? This episode is for you…
Find out:
- What we consider to be the biggest insights in the report
- What they mean for repurposing your content on LinkedIn
- Specific changes you should know about
Important links & mentions:
- Repurposing from Long to Short with Erica Schneider https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-long-to-short/
- Algorithm Insights Report 2024 https://richardvanderblom.gumroad.com/l/Algorithm-Insights-2024
- Why LinkedIn carousels are perfect for repurposing https://www.content10x.com/why-linkedin-carousels-are-perfect-for-repurposing/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do you turn your long-form written content into short, snappy, social media content? This is a question that Erica Schneider realized people needed help to answer, and so she collaborated with an AI prompt writer and they created a course called Long to Short in which they help people understand how to turn a piece of pillar content into multiple social posts.
Erica is an editing coach, course creator, and founder of Cut the Fluff, which offers training and coaching to entrepreneurs and executives looking to grow their organic presence. She is also a successful LinkedIn and X contributor and we wanted to get her on the show to talk about her systems and processes for repurposing, her secret to writing awesome hooks, building a powerful personal brand, and leveraging AI for content creation, among other things!
In this episode, Erica talks to host Amy Woods about all of that. She also shares her journey from freelance writer to head of content to entrepreneur. Plus, how she stays up-to-date on social trends…
Find out:
- How to identify the best points in your long-form content to repurpose
- The top tips for writing excellent LinkedIn posts
- Why commenting is so important to building a personal brand
Important links & mentions:
- Erica’s Long to Short course https://long-to-short.com/
- Erica on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/erica-schneider66/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Welcome to the second episode of our mini-series featuring B2B marketing experts spilling the beans on their content repurposing strategies, hacks, and eye-roll moments!
We are talking to the brilliant Jess Cook in this episode. Jess is the Head of Content and Comms at Island and she featured on our sister podcast B2B Content Strategist where she spoke about how content repurposing helps her small team look big. We want to delve deeper into this, and on this episode Jess talks about how, with a small team, she’s very specific about what they repurpose and how that helps target that C-level audience they want to reach.
She also shares some of the unexpected results she has seen from repurposing, big misconceptions and she gives us her top tip for repurposing with a small team. It’s a great conversation!
Find out:
- The big benefits of content repurposing for a small team
- How to focus your team on what’s important when it comes to repurposing
- Why you should choose one channel and dominate before expanding
Important links & mentions:
- Jess on B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Jess on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jesscook-contentmarketing/
- Ashley Faus on The Content 10x Podcast https://content10x.captivate.fm/episode/boosting-content-velocity-through-repurposing-with-ashley-faus
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
This is the first episode of our B2B expert mini-series featuring B2B marketing leaders all talking in-depth about their content repurposing strategies, tips and advice.
In this episode, host Amy Woods is talking to Ashley Faus, Head of Lifecycle Marketing, Portfolio at Atlassian. Ashley appeared on our sister podcast, B2B Content Strategist and in that conversation they touched on content repurposing, so this time around it was an opportunity to dive much deeper into Ashley’s broad expertise on the topic.
She shares her ‘favorite’ types of content to repurpose (SPOILER: LinkedIn comments and presentation slides!) Both provide plenty of excellent content she can use across multichannel marketing strategies.
She talks about common misconceptions when it comes to repurposing, what she means by ‘content velocity’, and why it’s so important that marketing teams lean into AI.
Find out:
- Why Ashley loves repurposing presentation slides
- What is content velocity
- How to repurpose LinkedIn comments
Important links & mentions:
- Ashley on B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Ashley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/ashleyfaus/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Welcome to a milestone episode of The Content 10x Podcast – episode 300! We are thrilled to have journeyed through 300 episodes with you. Together we’ve explored content repurposing strategies every which way, heard from fascinating marketing leaders and we’re just getting started!
To mark this landmark episode, host Amy Woods is reflecting on the benefits of B2B podcasting, invaluable lessons learned and inevitable mistakes to be aware of, whether you’re on episode 3 or 300!
Amy also delves into three top tips discovered through experience, which have proved to be invaluable time and time again. Tune in as she shares knowledge gained over hundreds of podcast episodes, to empower you on your own B2B podcasting journey. This podcast episode is valuable whether you have a podcast or not, many of the tips and advice shared are relatable for all content creators.
Find out:
- 3 benefits of the podcast that we have seen
- 3 mistakes to avoid
- 3 tips for embarking on a B2B podcast
Important links & mentions:
- 7 Reasons Why Your Marketing Strategy Needs Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
- Knowing When Enough is Enough https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Have you ever experienced the frustration of seeing your brand’s most engaging social media content disappear far too quickly at the whim of the algorithms? We’ve all been there. As a marketer, you want to capture these fleeting moments of engagement and transform them into lasting assets. So in this episode we spoke to a marketing leader who did just that!
Liz Elfman, Director of Content Marketing at data.world joins The Content 10x Podcast to talk about how she repurposed a year’s worth of LinkedIn posts into an eBook.
Host Amy Woods talks Liz through the process, from the initial moment she recognized that she had something of value that needed to be maximized, right through to how she organized the posts into a cohesive eBook, how AI helped with the process and why repurposing short-form content into long-form can be so effective…
Find out:
- What made these LinkedIn posts unique and engaging
- How she went about organizing them into an eBook
- The ways that AI helped in the process
Important links & mentions:
- Liz on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/elizabethelfman/
- Data.world https://data.world/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Creating a piece of long-form B2B content and want to get the maximum ROI from it? You’re in the right place! Because in this episode we share how to plan your repurposing before you sit down to create the content.
Long-form B2B content is rich with repurposing opportunities, from thought leadership-style LinkedIn posts, to stand alone industry insights, expert interviews and even short, engaging videos for social media. But how do you know what’s right for your audience, what will get you the most engagement and ultimately, what will provide the most value?
Hear host Amy Woods talk through tips for prep plus her top five ways to repurpose long-form B2B content.
Find out:
- What to consider before you create your long-form content
- How to structure content so it repurposes well
- 5 ways you can plan to repurpose your long-form content
Important links & mentions:
- Daniel Plume on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/daniel-plume-content-strategy-marketing/
- How to Avoid Link Dumping https://www.content10x.com/effectively-sharing-links/
- 7 Steps to Transform your B2B Report with Daniel Plume https://www.content10x.com/transform-your-b2b-report/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Editing and developing a repurposing plan for a long, complex B2B marketing report could be an excruciating process, but it doesn’t have to be. Not if you have a tried and tested set of steps to go through that you know are going to get you to that perfect end-result on deadline! What are those steps?
That’s what Content Marketing Strategist Daniel Plume is here to share on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast. He had a 55-page B2B marketing report delivered by a client with the brief to edit and repurpose and he talks us through his 7-step process for doing just that.
Host Amy Woods asks Daniel to explain each step and why it’s so important not to get ahead of yourself too early, plus the most important step to take before doing that all important final edit.
Find out:
- What you HAVE to do before you pick up the red pen
- How to extract the value
- How to repurpose a B2B marketing report
Important links & mentions:
- Daniel on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/daniel-plume-content-strategy-marketing/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- The best way to repurpose content: Long-form to short-form and visa versa https://www.content10x.com/the-best-way-to-repurpose-content-long-form-to-short-form-or-vice-versa/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Content marketing is about getting as many of the right eyes on your content as possible, making a connection, and building trust. You need people to be spending time reading your blog posts, downloading your research papers, and signing up to your webinars and newsletters. It can be infuriating when the platform algorithms make it so darn difficult to get our links to our content in front of potential clients and customers.
We don’t add value if we just dump links, but there are thoughtful and effective ways that you can share your important links, without alienating your audience and being punished by the algorithms.
In the second co-hosted episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods and Marketing Manager Jason Morton unpack link dumping, what it means, why it’s a big no-no, and how to share links in a way that adds to your posts, rather than is the purpose of your post.
Find out:
- What link dumping is (and how to tell if you’re doing it!)
- The impacts of link dumping
- How to avoid it and what to do instead
Important links & mentions:
- Why you should create content with vs for your audience https://www.content10x.com/create-content-with-your-audience/
- How to create a content brand with John Bonini https://www.content10x.com/create-a-content-brand/
- Exploring zero click content with Amanda Natividad https://www.content10x.com/exploring-content-amanda-natividad/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The key to a good marketing campaign is content that your audience can relate to and identify with. But what are some of the best strategies to help you achieve this connection?
In this episode, host Amy Woods teams up with Content 10x Marketing Manager, Jason Morton, to chat about how you can create content with (rather than just for) your audience. They discuss how you can empower your audience to become the source of the content you create, instead of guessing what they care about and are challenged by.
Market research is the part of the marketing budget that gets cut first, and the impact of this isn’t seen until the campaign doesn’t connect the way it was meant to. So, Amy and Jason break down how to put your audience at the center of your content marketing and the benefits of this approach.
Find out:
- What it means to create content with vs for your audience
- The benefits of creating content for your audience
- Examples of how B2B businesses can do this
Important links & mentions:
- 8 Ways to Find out What your Audience Wants https://www.content10x.com/8-ways-to-find-out-what-your-audience-wants/
- Content Distribution & Avoiding Assumptions About your Audience https://www.content10x.com/content-distribution/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Whether you call it core content, anchor content or pillar content, the concept is the same. It’s the long-form content that feeds all the other content you create. Having one main type of pillar content can be effective because you can focus on perfecting it and distributing it consistently. You also free up time and expertise to repurpose it, meaning nothing goes to waste.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, join host Amy Woods as she discusses the benefits of having one type of pillar content for your brand, choosing the best type for you and your team, and why it means less boring content!
Find out:
- What is pillar content?
- Why it’s beneficial to focus on one medium
- How to choose the best type of anchor content for your team
Important links & mentions:
- How to Create a Content Brand with John Bonini https//www.content10x.com/293
- 7 Reasons Why Your Marketing Strategy Needs Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/
- Is There a Best Type of Content to Repurpose? https://www.content10x.com/is-there-a-best-type-of-content-to-repurpose/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
All brands publish content, but there are those brands that publish content that’s so good and so helpful that it builds its own tribe of loyal followers. People that follow and share the content and recommend the products or services, without necessarily having purchased or used it themselves. The content is so convincing that they don’t need to! Can you think of any brands that produce content like that?
John Bonini, founder of Some Good Content, calls these ‘content brands’ and in this episode of The Content 10x Podcast he joins host Amy Woods to dive deeper into what elements work together to create a content brand, and why optimizing for algorithms is not a long-term win.
John is highly regarded in the world of B2B marketing, specifically in the SaaS space. He was Head of Marketing at Databox until August 2023, and he’s now struck out on his own as a consultant helping B2B SaaS companies establish and grow their content brand.
In this episode, they also talk about the importance of having an ‘anchor medium’ in your content strategy and how to determine what the best anchor medium is for you and your team, as well as diving into the big no-no that is link-dumping!
Find out:
- Good examples of content brands and how they’re created
- Why choosing the right anchor medium is so important
- How to tell if you’re link dumping
Important links & mentions:
- Some Good Content https://www.somegoodcontent.com/
- The Some Good Content Newsletter https://www.somegoodcontent.com/newsletter
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
It’s great when your team members share your company content with their audiences. But how do you create content that they actually want to amplify?
We share content that we relate to. We share content that shows off our expertise, makes us look intelligent, funny, or aligned with a group or movement. It’s human nature to what to show off our best side, so in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the type of content that can be repurposed for employee advocacy… with a repurposing spin!
Find out:
- What employee advocacy is and how to get employees’ buy in
- The types of B2B content that can be repurposed for employee advocacy
- What to consider when creating B2B content you’d like your employees to amplify
Important links & mentions:
- How You Employees Can Amplify Your Content with Bradley Keenan https://www.content10x.com/amplify-your-content-with-bradley-keenan/
- Why Do People Share Your Content? https://www.content10x.com/why-do-people-share-your-content/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The science behind why people share content is one that could be debated ad nauseam. But, as with all things that involve the human psyche, there are no hard and fast rules that will guarantee a viral post, (if only!).
However, there are a few tricks that, when applied in the right context at the right time, work together to make your organization’s content more shareable and in turn, your employees more amenable to amplifying your message and getting your content in front of a wider, already interested audience.
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods relooks at some of the brilliant insights that came up in her conversation with Bradley Keenan, Founder of DSMN8, in episode 290 and dissects some of the ways we can make our content more appealing and relatable for our employees.
Find out:
- Why people share content
- The golden rules when creating sharable content
- How to create B2B marketing content employees want to share
Important links & mentions:
- How Your Employees Can Amplify Your Content https://www.content10x.com/amplify-your-content-with-bradley-keenan/
- Bradley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradleykeenan/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
More and more, employee advocacy is becoming a niche marketing tool that businesses are utilizing to extend the reach of their content. But there is a right way and a wrong way to go about it, says Bradley Keenan, Founder and CEO of DSMN8.
The world have moved away from what Bradley describes as ‘”employee advocacy 1.0”, where the company just use the employees to get their content out there. There is now a focus on social enablement – empowering individuals who have an interest in being active on social, to be good at it.
Bradley joins host Amy Woods on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to chat about the rise of employee advocacy, mistakes that business owners often make when trying to get employees to share their content, how to go about it the right way and why it works so well when you do.
Find out:
- Good employee advocacy vs bad
- Content that works well for this purpose
- How to use employee advocacy to improve recruitment activity
Important links & mentions:
- Bradley on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/bradleykeenan/
- Bradley’s book https://dsmn8.com/employee-advocacy-book/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
In the super fast-paced world of content creation it’s easy to get caught up in the cycle of producing the same content (again and again) without pausing to assess its impact and relevance.
Not to suggest that you are chucking out content willy nilly without consideration of course! However, it’s easy to get stuck in a tried and tested formula and allow the years to slip by, without occasionally taking a step back and saying ‘hey, is this even working.’
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, we look at the key considerations when updating your content strategy and host Amy Woods reveals some of the main changes that we’re making to ours.
Find out:
- How to go about reviewing your content outputs
- Some of the changes we’re making since reviewing ours
- Why we’ve decided to make these changes
Important links & mentions:
- The Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
- 3 Ways to Review your Content Strategy (and Big Changes since Reviewing ours) https://www.content10x.com/review-your-content-strategy/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Could an episodic approach to content completely transform your business?
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, we dive into the world of episodic content strategy and it’s many benefits. If you've been creating content consistently and seeing results, then you're on the right track. But if you've been throwing content against the wall, hoping it sticks, it's time to rethink your approach.
Consistency, quality, and distribution are the three keys to a successful content strategy. And episodic content is the sweet spot that brings these pillars together. In this episode, we explore why episodic content is the game-changer you need to take your business to the next level.
Tune in as we discuss the power of a driven and strategic approach to content creation, and how episodic content can help grow your business. Don't miss out on this valuable insight that could transform your content strategy and boost your business's success. Let's dive in!
Listen to find out:
- What constitutes episodic content
- Why episodic content is better than ‘random acts of content’
- 7 benefits of episodic content
Important links & mentions:
- The Profound Influence of Time and Tequila with Jay Baer https://www.content10x.com/time-and-tequila-with-jay-baer/
- How Content Repurposing Can Help you Win the Zero Moment of Truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
User generated content (UGC) is a badge of trust! When your customers or clients become your advocates and share their authentic experiences with your product or service, it boosts credibility and trust among potential buyers or clients, it humanizes your brand, and reinforces the idea that it’s a community where real people enjoy real benefits.
Basically… it’s gold!
So how can you make the most of this marketing gold? Sure, you can reshare but there are so many other ways that you can maximize the impact of UGC through repurposing. In this episode host Amy Woods talks about different types of user-generated content and provides 3 epics ways to repurpose it for B2B.
Find out:
- What is user-generated content
- Why it’s good for repurposing
- 3 ways you can repurpose it for B2B
Important links & mentions:
- Repurposing Customer Stories to Unite and Empower your Team
- Our case studies
- Our book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The marketing funnel helps to visualize how your content should speak to your potential clients. Populating a funnel with highly-effective content can be challenging. But through repurposing you can create on-message content, for all the stages that your audience are at.
In this episode, host Amy Woods share the 3-step repurposing strategy that drills down into each stage of the marketing funnel and how to find inspiration for impactful content. She also looks at the marketing funnel as a whole, how you can use it to structure your content marketing approach, and tips for creating content for every stage.
Find out about:
- Each stage of the marketing funnel
- Which content format works best for each stage
- How to create and repurpose content to populate your marketing funnel faster
Important Links & Mentions
- The blog post: https://www.content10x.com/286
- 6 Ways to Repurpose Client Case Studies https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-your-client-case-studies/
- Our book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join thousands of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What makes someone choose your competitor’s product or service instead of yours?
The truth is, more often than not we think it’s because of price, but the most recent research done by business growth expert, speaker, author and tequila influencer, Jay Baer, in his national research study – The Time To Win – shows that it’s not price as much as we think… It’s speed and responsiveness.
In the latest episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods talks with our friend and returning guest, Jay Baer about his new study and how the findings could help change businesses for the better. They also dive into in Jay’s success as a tequila influencer and why his background as a marketer helped him to stand out, build an audience at rapid pace, and break into that highly competitive market.
Find out:
- Why now is the time to win
- The most impatient (and patient) generation – and other fascinating findings from Jay’s research
- How Jay found massive success in a niche field and differences between B2B and B2C
Important links & mentions:
- The Time to Win – The Consumer Patience Study https://www.thetimetowin.com/
- The Time To Win book https://www.jaybaer.com/books
- Jay’s Tequila website https://tequilajaybaer.com/
- Jay on TikTok https://www.tiktok.com/@tequila.jay/video/7124343837442739502?lang=en
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Not that we needed another reminder about how important it is to repurpose our content, but brace yourselves! The Cumulus Media and Signal Hill Insights’ Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report has landed and it’s findings have done just that.
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at some of the most surprising statistics that came out of this highly-reputable industry report, and why these findings emphasize the importance of repurposing your content (podcast or not, this applies across to all content creators). Plus get top tips on repurposing your podcast for YouTube and social media platforms.
Find out:
- Interesting findings from the Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report
- What they mean for the reach and distribution of your podcast content
- Why we need to think laterally when distributing our content
Important links & mentions:
- The Cumulus Media and Signal Hill Insights’ Podcast Download Spring 2023 Report
- How to repurpose your podcast for YouTube
- Amy’s book - Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
While it's great interviewing your clients and customers to develop case studies and testimonials for external marketing purposes, it’s equally important to share this information with your own team.
These stories can be powerful content, and your employees should be seeing them too. Not only when they click on your website, but have them presented in a way that addresses them as team members and partners all working towards the same goals.
In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the benefits of sharing customer stories internally (the good one and even the not so good ones!) Plus, seven engaging ways to do it.
Find out:
- Why it’s important to repurpose customer stories internally
- What can be learned from customer stories
- 7 ways to repurpose customer stories for internal communication
Important links & mentions:
- 6 ways to repurpose your client case studies https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-your-client-case-studies/
- Our case studies page https://www.content10x.com/case-studies/
- Content 10x https://www.content10x.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Reaching out to potential leads, nurturing prospects, and reconnecting with past clients can be tiresome and often quite daunting. However, in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast host Amy Woods introduces a refreshing approach that goes well beyond the typical “just checking in” emails.
By providing valuable and useful information that grabs attention, you can transform your outreach efforts and improve your chances of success.
We look at 3 strategies for switching up the way you use content in order to enhance your business development and aid the sales process.
Find out:
- How to reach out to prospects and leads with valuable content
- What type of content works well in business development
- How to repurpose content to nurture leads
Important links & mentions:
- Our case studies https://www.content10x.com/case-studies/
- Amy on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Sound link building skills are an important part of an SEO strategy. Backlinks let search engines know that your page or site is important and relevant, and you should be pushed up the rankings. Which is a straightforward concept, but the skill lies in recognizing a good backlink, building bridges between this content and increasing the reach of your content.
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods speaks to link-building expert, Alan Silvestri who is the CEO and founder of Growth Gorilla. He let’s us into his world of strategic ‘bridge building’ and how he pitches links and ultimately get’s his clients’ content in front of the right people…
Find out:
- What is a good vs bad link
- Why quality beats quantity
- How to start a pitch for a backlink
Important links & mentions:
- Alan on Twitter https://twitter.com/AlanGGorilla
- Growth Gorilla https://www.growthgorilla.co.uk/
- Alan on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/alangrowthgorilla/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Raw, unpolished content is becoming ever more important in a world where people are actively seeking authenticity and real connection with the brands they interact with. If people are going to buy from you, they need to trust you and that’s what your unpolished content can help to build.
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods takes a look at what constitutes unpolished content and the ways in which you can use it to maximize the impact of your B2B content and really connect with your audience.
Find out:
- What unpolished content is
- Why it’s so valuable
- How to repurpose it effectively
Important links & mentions:
- 10 types of video your business should repurposehttps://www.content10x.com/types-of-video-your-business-should-repurpose/
- B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
You’ve finally got your head around the multitude of measurement and analytics tools tracking your metrics and how you correctly attribute conversions and sales to individual pieces of your core content…
Now leadership are asking to see the figures for your repurposed content! They want to know if the allocated repurposing budget is worthwhile. You know it’s 100% worthwhile so how do you prove it?
In this episode, host Amy Woods looks at the different ways you can track and measure the impact of your repurposed content.
Find out:
- Why tracking the ROI of your repurposed content is so important
- How to measure your repurposed content
- Why you need to consider the opportunity cost of not repurposing
Important links & mentions:
- How to repurpose content for paid social with Jonathan Bland https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-for-paid-social/
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com
- Our book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
The size of your content team doesn’t matter, it’s what you do that counts. And what you should definitely be doing is repurposing your content!
Whether you’ve always been a small (or one person) marketing/content team, or you’ve been downsized in the face of a looming recession, there is a ‘secret sauce’ for ensuring your brand still has maximum impact…
In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at the key to getting your brand, content and message in front of a broader audience, whatever the size of your team.
Find out:
- Why repurposing makes small marketing teams appear bigger than they are
- How to repurpose effectively as a small team
- The importance of having repurposing systems and processes in place
Important links & mentions:
- Systems and processes for content repurposing https://www.content10x.com/systems-and-processes-for-content-repurposing/
- How content repurposing can help with the zero moment of truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
- How to use analytics to decide what to repurpose https://www.content10x.com/analytics-decide-content-repurpose/
- B2B Content Strategist https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every other week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you repurpose your video content for paid social? It’s often overlooked as the marketing team chase after the next piece of content. However, instead of moving on once your video or webinar is done, why not repurpose the highlights into social videos and use them to drive more traffic via paid social campaigns?
In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, our host Amy Woods talks to co-founder of Omni Lab, Jonathan Bland. Jonathan is a vocal advocate for repurposing and in this conversation they focus on how repurposing can 10x the impact of your webinars, what makes good ad creative and how to repurpose content for paid social.
Find out:
- How to repurpose a webinar into social media videos and ads
- How to run effective ads to dramatically improve the ROI of your webinar
- What makes an ad stand out and the types of ads that work
Important links & mentions:
- Jonathan on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/jonathan-r-bland/
- Omni Lab Consulting on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/company/omni-lab-consulting/
- Omni Lab Consulting https://www.omnilabconsulting.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you get people responding to your repurposed content with, ‘seen this before’-type comments? It can be frustrating, but if you have eager followers then it can happen… take it as a compliment!
The truth is we all love listening to our favorite songs over and over, and no true Friends fan will have watched the one with Ross and the leather pants just once!
So, there’s nothing wrong with sharing your best content more than once.
However, no one wants to feel like they’re sounding like a broken record, so what are some of the ways you can avoid this? In this episode of the Content 10x podcast, host Amy Woods looks at 7 ways to avoid sounding repetitive when repurposing.
Find out:
- How to repurpose your content without repeating
- The benefits of people recognizing your repurposed content
- 7 ways to avoid repetitive repurposing
Important links & mentions:
- How content repurposing can help you win the zero moment of truth https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/
- Turning Your Content on It’s Head https://www.content10x.com/turning-your-content-on-its-head/
- Content That Converts: How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel https://www.content10x.com/content-that-converts-how-to-repurpose-your-content-for-your-marketing-funnel/
- The Content 10x book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you regularly appear as a guest expert on other people’s podcasts, webinars, events or video livestreams? It’s an honor, but it’s time consuming. So how do you get the most out of the time spent?
In this episode, host Amy Woods talks about how to prepare for a guest appearance on someone else’s content with repurposing in mind and dives into 11 practical, effective ways to repurpose that interview in order to get the maximum ROI.
Find out:
- Steps to take before your guest appearances
- 11 ways to repurpose these guest appearances
- How to create new content around it
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Guide to Repurposing Guest Appearances free download https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-appearance
- Ultimate Guide to Impactful Video Interviews https://www.content10x.com/video-interviews
- 4th Annual LinkedIn Algorithm Report https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/4th-annual-linkedin-algorithm-research-report-2022-richard-bliss/?trk=pulse-article
- Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
If you deliver talks in any capacity – whether it’s for events big or small, webinars, seminars, workshops, training...you know the amount of work that goes into getting it just so.
But once that talk is delivered, are you making sure that it continues to work hard for you in multiple formats across multiple channels? A talk shouldn’t be over when you reach your last slide and take a bow, it can be repurposed into multiple pieces of content that can ensure you get the maximum return from it.
In this episode, host Amy Woods looks at 10 specific ways that you can repurpose your talk after it’s been delivered. PLUS get a free downloadable checklist - The Ultimate Checklist to 10x your Talk.
Find out:
- Why it’s so important to repurpose your talk
- Preparing your talk for the repurposing opportunities
- 10 ways to repurpose your talk
Important links & mentions:
- The Ultimate Checklist to 10x your Talk https://www.content10x.com/10xtalk
- How To Repurpose Your Speech for Maximum Social Media Impact https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-speech-for-maximum-social-media-impact/
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Are you creating content that your audience actually wants, or are you creating content that you think your audience wants?
Both are important and they are not the same thing, says this week’s guest on the Content 10x Podcast. Michael Brenner, top content marketing leader, author and CEO of Marketing Insider Group chats with host Amy Woods about why 60-70% of the content we create goes completely unused, the importance of creating content that your audience actually wants, and the best ways to find that out.
They also talk about how to optimize your content, refreshing and repurposing, and ways to measure your content’s effectiveness.
Find out:
- What it means to optimize content
- How to optimize content
- Best tools for researching content topics
Important links & mentions:
- Michael Brenner on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/michaelbrenner/
- Marketing Insider Group https://marketinginsidergroup.com/
- Content10x.com https://content10x.com
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Do you subscribe to a Substack newsletter? Are you a Substack newsletter creator?
Substack’s popularity has snowballed over the past year, providing us with the perfect opportunity to ask if it can work for you in the B2B marketing space and if you can repurpose content for your Substack subscribers.
Of course, the answer is yes. Plus, you might be surprised by the audio opportunities that this platform presents.
In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods discusses the benefits of Substack from a B2B content marketing perspective and shares some ideas for repurposing content in order to grow your subscription.
Find out
- What is Substack?
- How it works in a B2B context
- Ways to repurpose content for it
Important links & mentions:
- Substack https://substack.com/
- How to grow your email list by repurposing your content https://www.content10x.com/grow-email-list-by-repurposing-content/
- Content10x https://content10x.com
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
In the new year it’s good practice to review your content strategy.
There are so many benefits to doing this, because in our business things move fast. Content trends come and go, platform popularity waxes and wanes and if you’re not careful, you might end up creating and repurposing loads of great content that no one is seeing.
This year, we reviewed our content strategy and this has resulted in big changes. We’re excited to share them with you, along with 3 top tips on how to effectively review yours….
Find out:
- Why it’s important to review your content strategy regularly
- 3 steps for reviewing your content strategy
- Big changes to Content 10x content going forward
Important links & mentions:
- 4th Annual LinkedIn Algorithm Report 2022 https://www.linkedin.com/pulse/4th-annual-linkedin-algorithm-research-report-2022-richard-bliss/?trk=pulse-article
- Updating you Content Strategy: A look at our 2022 plan https://www.content10x.com/updating-your-content-strategy/
- 80+ Content Marketing Trends for Success in 2023 https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/content-marketing-trends-success
- Content Marketing: Knowing when Enough is Enough with Robert Rose https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
- How to Do More With Less https://www.content10x.com/do-more-with-less/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
How do you prepare and conduct a really excellent expert interview?
To help answer this question, host Amy Woods spoke to Sarah Goff Dupoint in this episode of the Content 10x Podcast. Sarah is Principal Writer for Work Life by Atlassian where she has worked in different roles for 11 years. She is also an executive ghostwriter and public speaker.
Sarah delivered a talk at Content Marketing World 2022 called Your Words, Not Mine: How (And Why) To Spice Up Your Content With Expert Interviews. This talk captured Amy’s attention, and, as someone who often conducts expert interviews she wanted to delve deeper.
Find out:
- Why interviews create great content
- How to find the right experts and get them to agree to an interview
- The best way to prepare and how to conduct them
- How to repurpose that content into more high value content
Important links & mentions:
- Sarah Goff Dupont on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/sarahgoffdupont/
- Sarah on Twitter @sarahgoffdupont
- Atlassian https://www.atlassian.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
If you deliver a lot of in-person content – talks, presentations and seminars for example, chances are you have thought about how you can capture that content and turn it into something online…
And if you haven’t thought about it, perhaps you should!
The pandemic showed us in the B2B marketing world, that there are many creative ways to repurpose in-person offerings to online, so we can continue to add value to our audiences and provide new and interesting ways for them to consume our content.
In this episode of the Content10x Podcast, host Amy Woods discusses three ways to repurpose in-person content into online content… with lots of bonus tips and suggestions along the way.
Find out:
- Why it’s so important to adapt and change
- Ways to repurpose in-person content to online
- Bridging the online / offline gap
Important links & mentions:
- Repurpose your Content into an Online Course https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-into-a-course/
- The Content 10x Toolkit https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/
- Thinkific https://www.thinkific.com/
- Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
What do the next 12 months look like for content marketing? What are we going to see more of, or less of, and how are we going to be rolling out our content and repurposing strategies in the months to come?
In the first episode of the Content 10x Podcast for the new year, host Amy Woods takes out her crystal ball and gives some of her predictions for what she believes will happen in content marketing in 2023.
Amy has hosted this style of show every year since 2018 and her predictions have not been wrong yet, so it’s a must listen!
Find out:
- Amy’s 5 predictions for 2023
- Why we’ll be walking away from some channels
- How AI will grow to become more integral to operations
Important links & mentions:
- 80+ content marketing trends for success in 2023 https://contentmarketinginstitute.com/articles/content-marketing-trends-success
- Content marketing: Knowing when enough is enough with Robert Rose https://www.content10x.com/content-marketing-with-robert-rose/
- How to do more with less https://www.content10x.com/do-more-with-less/
- Edison Dial’s Infinite Research Report 2022 https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2022/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Is the ultimate end goal of content repurposing to be everywhere?
Because if you’re everywhere, you will reach, connect with and convert more people…
The truth is, while this might have been the case for our forebears, it’s not the best approach now – for you or your audience.
There’s no doubt that you put loads of time and effort into your content. Therefore, you want that content to reach as many people within your target audience as possible, and that’s the ‘phrase that pays’ here – target audience!
Not everyone… but exactly the people we are creating content for.
In this episode of the Content 10x Podcast, host Amy Woods looks at why content repurposing isn’t about being everywhere, and what it is about.
Find out:
- Why being everywhere shouldn’t be the end goal of content repurposing
- What the real end goal should be
- Examples of effective methods of repurposing
Important links & mentions:
- Amy Woods on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/
- Amy Woods on Twitter https://twitter.com/content10x
- Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
You can’t get around the fact that it’s tough out there for content creators and marketers.
It’s getting harder and harder to convince audiences to click on your call to action. Plus, over half of all Google searches end without a click, and social media platform algorithms clearly reward platform-native content and penalize content with clicks.
So how do marketers navigate this brave new world where platforms reward zero-click behavior?
In this episode of the podcast, VP of Marketing at Sparktoro, Amanda Natividad, speaks to our host Amy Woods about the value of zero-click marketing and how to successfully play platforms at their own game.
Find out
- What zero click content is and why it’s important
- Examples of zero click content and the platforms to focus on
- Amanda’s approach to research and repurposing
Important links & mentions:
- Amanda Natividad on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/amandanat/
- Amanda on Twitter https://twitter.com/amandanat
- Sparktoro’s Office Hours https://sparktoro.com/resources/office-hours
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
- Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Neurodiversity is a fascinating topic – it’s so important to remember that we all learn and communicate in different ways and if we want people to connect with our content, we need to ensure it’s accessible and inclusive.
Content repurposing is at the heart of this. Because it’s all about adjusting your content to meet and connect with different audiences and their preferences and needs.
Find out:
- How neurodiversity is defined
- Repurposing content with neurodiversity in mind and
- Three ways to help ensure your content is accessible and inclusive
Important links & mentions:
- How to Ask your Audience What They Want
- How to Repurpose Content to Connect with your Audience https://www.content10x.com/connect-with-audience/
- Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
- 5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold www.content10x.com/261
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
As a content marketer, you will know and understand the power of evergreen content.
It has sustained interest over time so it generates a steady stream of traffic. Plus, all the repurposed content you create from it will have a longer shelf life too, meaning the ROI is high.
It really is the gift that keeps on giving!
In this episode Amy looks at how we define evergreen content and how it can make repurposing that much easier and more rewarding.
Find out:
- The different types of evergreen content
- Examples of what evergreen content is… and some of what is not
- The repurposing benefits of evergreen content
Important links & mentions:
- 5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold https://www.content10x.com/dig-for-content-gold/
- 8 Ways to Find Out What your Audience Wants http://www.content10x/com/263
- How to Create a Treasure Trove for Constant Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/
- Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Creating and repurposing content is great, but it only really works if your audience finds your content helpful and want to come back to it over and over again.
So, how do you find out exactly what they care about most, and what they really want solutions for?
In this week’s episode, Amy breaks down eight ways that you can ask your audience exactly what they want to see more of from you and how to repurpose their answers into valuable content.
Find out:
- Why it’s important to involve your audience in your content planning
- 8 ways to ask them what they want
- What to do when they answer!
Important links & mentions:
- Ask, curate and create: a genius way to maximize content https://www.content10x.com/ask-curate-create-a-genius-way-to-maximize-content/
- Content Repurposing for Scorecard Marketing https://www.content10x.com/scorecard-marketing/
- 5 Ways to Dig for Content Gold www.content10x.com/261
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
If you’ve never thought about approaching content creation like you would a game of golf, then, according to our podcast guest, Robert Rose, perhaps it’s time to start.
Robert is the Founder and Chief Troublemaker for The Content Advisory, and the Chief Strategy Advisor with the Content Marketing Institute, as well as being a best-selling author, keynote speaker, and one of the world's most recognized experts in content strategy and marketing.
He joins Amy on this episode of the Content 10x Podcast to talk about when enough is enough with your content, and how to measure impact.
Find out:
- Why content marketers should approach content like a game of golf
- How to know when enough is enough and the problem with a ‘more more more’ approach
- When it’s time to move from being a ‘content factory’ to having a more considered approach, and
- Why setting objectives for your content, and what you’re trying to achieve with it, is vital to success…
Important links & mentions:
- The Content Advisory contentadvisory.net/
- Content Marketing Institute contentmarketinginstitute.com/
- Robert Rose on LinkedIn https://www.linkedin.com/in/robrose/
- Twitter https://twitter.com/Robert_Rose
- Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/
- Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/
- My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses.
Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Every content marketer wants to produce relevant content that speaks straight to their ideal client and encourages lots of engagement. But how do you ensure those content ideas keep flowing? The truth is our ideal clients are providing hints about the content that would be most useful to them all the time. We just need to know where to dig for them. In this week’s episode, Amy reveals her top five places to go digging for content gold. Find out: What content gold is Five ways to dig for content gold Why it’s important to remain focused on your audience and your messaging
Important links & mentions: Repurposing Content on Reddit https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-content-on-reddit/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-content-on-reddit/) How to Repurpose your Blog Posts on Quora https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-blog-posts-on-quora (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-blog-posts-on-quora) Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ (https://content10x.scoreapp.com/) Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
It’s the Content 10x Podcast’s 5th birthday! The first episode went live on 19th October 2017 and it’s amazing to see how far it’s come, how many repurposing angles have been analyzed and dissected, and how much amazing support it has picked up along the way. In this episode, Amy shares five of the most important lessons learned about creating episodic content over the past five years and how these lessons can be applied to all forms of content creation, not just podcasts! Find out: Five lessons learned from five years of podcasting Why consistency and change are both important How spending on your content is an investment not a cost
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) It Started with Content Series https://www.content10x.com/category/it-started-with-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/category/it-started-with-content/) 7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/) Updating Your Content Strategy: A Look at our 2022 Content Plan https://www.content10x.com/updating-your-content-strategy/ (https://www.content10x.com/updating-your-content-strategy/) 200 Episodes, Looking Forward & 3 Strategies for Maximizing Content https://www.content10x.com/200-episodes-looking-forward-3-strategies-for-maximizing-content (https://www.content10x.com/200-episodes-looking-forward-3-strategies-for-maximizing-content) Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
As content marketers, we want our content to be next-level-stop-scrolling amazing. It has to be to cut through the noise. But when we’re stuck in a busy cycle of creating and repurposing content on a daily, weekly or monthly basis it’s hard to maintain the high standards we need – and when the core content is average, the repurposed content comes out as equally average. In this week’s episode, Amy focuses on how we can be doing more with less in order to maintain those high-standards we want and need to achieve with our content. Find out: Mistakes people often make when it comes to content creation How this can impact your repurposing efforts The ‘right way’ for doing more with less
Important links & mentions: How to scale your business with content with Daniel Priestley https://www.content10x.com/scale-your-business-with-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/scale-your-business-with-content/) Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ (https://content10x.scoreapp.com/) Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
An engaged, thriving community is the dream of every content marketer. But how do you use your content to build one? Our podcast guest is award-winning podcaster and presenter coach, Kate Cocker, whose podcast, Everyday Positivity, won the Best Daily Podcast at the British Podcast Awards. It delivers a short, powerful daily snippet that really resonates with the listenership and has blossomed into a thriving community. Part of the reason why Everyday Positivity won this fantastic award was because it has such an engaged community that runs alongside it. And, Kate says, it’s her amazing community that often provides the content that she repurposes into more podcast episodes. It’s the great circle of content repurposing! In this episode find out: Why it’s valuable to build a community to go alongside your content How to choose the right platform The repurposing potential that comes from having an engaged community
Important links & mentions: Everyday Positivity http://thepresentercoach.co.uk/everyday-positivity/ Everyday Positivity with Kate Cocker Facebook Group https://www.facebook.com/groups/youreverydaypositivity Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Have you heard of scorecard marketing? A scorecard is a questionnaire/quiz but instead of just collecting answers it immediately responds with a personalized report. It’s a valuable lead magnet for you, and your audience gets so much value from it too. The good news is, scorecard marketing and content repurposing go hand in hand. In this episode discover everything you need to know about repurposing for scorecard marketing. Find out: Why scorecard marketing presents benefits for both your audience (tailored content) and your business (warm leads and useful insights) How you can repurpose content to create your scorecard The ongoing repurposing opportunities from your scorecard
If you want see an example of scorecard marketing in action and discover if you’re getting the maximum value from your content take our scorecard! It’s called The Content 10x Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard – it asks 21 quick-fire questions about your repurposing strategy, systems and processes, and people and resources. Then it uses the data to create a tailored report packed full of tips and advice on how and where to improve. Important links & mentions: The Content 10x Content Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ How to Scale Your Business with Content with Daniel Priestley https://www.content10x.com/scale-your-business-with-content/ My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Does your team have a content repurposing mindset? While systems and processes are important when it comes to your content repurposing, so is having the right mindset. If you’re team aren’t approaching content creation with a content repurposing mindset, you could be missing out on a myriad of ways to maximize the content you have worked so hard on. In this episode, Amy focuses on what a content repurposing mindset means and how to encourage it in your team. Find out: What a content repurposing mindset is Why it’s important to encourage this mindset in your team 4 ways to ensure this mindset becomes part of your team culture
Important links & mentions: Content 10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Content Repurposing Effectiveness Scorecard https://content10x.scoreapp.com/ (https://content10x.scoreapp.com/) Episode 255 How to Develop Systems and Processes for Content Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/255 (https://www.content10x.com/255) Episode 238 How to Segment your Content for Ultimate Repurposing https://www.content10x.com/238 (https://www.content10x.com/238) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (https://www.content10x.com/book) (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Systems and processes play a huge part in the success of a business. And more specifically, they can guarantee the success or failure of your content repurposing efforts too. Effective systems and processes help you achieve consistency, which is important for your audience and liked by algorithms – it also helps you manage your workflow. Plus, they can ensure you repeat successes and avoid repeating mistakes. They improve team work too. That’s why they are an absolute must for your content repurposing. Listen to this episode to find out: 3 reasons why systems and processes work for content repurposing How to implement systems and processes Top tips when it comes to software and SOPs
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com) Episode 171 https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
There are times in our lives and careers when we ask the question, “how can I do this?”, when the question should actually be, “who can help me do this?” ‘Who not How’ is a formula strategic coach Dan Sullivan and organizational psychologist Dr. Benjamin Hardy explore in their book of the same name. In this episode of the podcast we look at how best to apply this mindset to content repurposing, to maximize ROI and re-energize your content marketing. Find out: All about the ‘Who not How’ concept How it applies to content repurposing Why teamwork makes the dream work
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter/ (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter/) Episode 171 – 7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content: https://www.content10x.com/171 (https://www.content10x.com/171) ‘Who Not How: The Formula to Achieve Bigger Goals Through Accelerating Teamwork’: https://whonothow.com/#BuyBook (https://whonothow.com/#BuyBook) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Video content helps you to get your point across. It’s a medium which engages people with ease and gives you tons of repurposing potential. But how do you create powerful video content for LinkedIn specifically? In this episode, Alicia Henderson, a LinkedIn Video and Business Strategist, shares her top tips on how to create binge-worthy videos for LinkedIn. Find out: The ideal formats and lengths for LinkedIn videos Why providing solutions to problems is important How to tackle anxiety in front of the camera
Important links & mentions: Alicia’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/aliciahendersonbiz/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/aliciahendersonbiz/) Alicia’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/ahendersonbiz (https://twitter.com/ahendersonbiz) Alicia’s Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/aliciahendersonbiz/ (https://www.instagram.com/aliciahendersonbiz/) Alicia’s website: https://aliciahenderson.biz/ (https://aliciahenderson.biz/) How to Create Captivating Video Content with Mike Ganino: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-captivating-video-content-with-mike-ganino/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-captivating-video-content-with-mike-ganino/) Our LinkedIn 10x service: https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x/ (https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter )
Short, vertical video has taken over social media and it’s here to stay. The popularity of TikTok and Instagram Reels is impossible to ignore, and since its original launch in September 2020, there has been a huge rise in the significance of YouTube Shorts. So, how do these short videos differ from the others, and how can you utilize content repurposing to get noticed? In this episode, Amy looks at YouTube Shorts and dissects what you need to know when repurposing content for this feature. Find out: The differences between YouTube Shorts, TikTok and Instagram Reels A step-by-step guide on how to use it Why you should repurpose content for YouTube Shorts
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Content 10x Newsletter: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) Episode 236 – TikTok for Business: How to Repurpose TikTok Videos: https://www.content10x.com/236 (https://www.content10x.com/236) Episode 246 – Converting Short-Form New Fans to Long-Form Superfans: https://www.content10x.com/246 (https://www.content10x.com/246) Earthweb’s report on YouTube statistics in 2022: https://earthweb.com/youtube-shorts-statistics/#:~:text=Key%20YouTube%20Shorts%20Statistics%20for%202022,-2%20billion%20people&text=YouTube%20Shorts%20receives%2015%20billion,million%20YouTube%20Shorts%20creator's%20fund (https://earthweb.com/youtube-shorts-statistics/#:~:text=Key%20YouTube%20Shorts%20Statistics%20for%202022,-2%20billion%20people&text=YouTube%20Shorts%20receives%2015%20billion,million%20YouTube%20Shorts%20creator's%20fund) Filmora article: https://filmora.wondershare.com/youtube/youtube-shorts-vs-tiktok.html (https://filmora.wondershare.com/youtube/youtube-shorts-vs-tiktok.html) Creator Insider video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY_oxuM8niQ (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DY_oxuM8niQ) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Have you considered creating an online course? Well, maybe now is the time! https://www.gminsights.com/industry-analysis/elearning-market-size (Global Market Insights) claim the global e-learning market surpassed $315 billion in 2021. It’s a booming industry, the demand is still strong and there’s room for more! Good news! If you’re sitting on a mountain of content from across multiple platforms, you may be able to repurpose it into the basis of a great course. In this episode, Amy shares three types of content you can repurpose into a course and provides advice on how to do so. Find out: The benefits of creating an online course Why now is the time to get started 3 ways to repurpose your existing content into an online course
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Episode 109 – Creating Online Courses by Repurposing Content with Teresa Heath-Wareing: https://www.content10x.com/109 (https://www.content10x.com/109) Episode 241 – How to Incorporate Animation in Your Repurposing Plan with Christine MacKay: https://www.content10x.com/241 (https://www.content10x.com/241) Episode 247 – How to Create Content with a Video-First Approach: https://www.content10x.com/247 (https://www.content10x.com/247) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
White papers are fantastic marketing tools that not only provide your audience with more of your in-depth content and expertise, but they also increase trust and credibility, and generate leads. In this episode, I share my thoughts on the best content for repurposing into a white paper and how to go about doing it. Find out: What a white paper is (and isn’t!) Why a white paper is worth creating, if you’ve got the right content A step-by-step on how to create your own white paper with the power of repurposing
Important links & mentions: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-long-form-content-into-longer-form-content/ My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Content plays a big part in how you scale your business. With the right strategy, content can help you nurture a loyal and trusting audience and build a continuous stream of qualified leads. In this episode, guest Daniel Priestley shares his expertise on creating content to scale a business. Daniel is the author of Key Person of Influence and Oversubscribed, and co-founder of Dent Global and ScoreApp - he shared valuable advice on how to maximize your content strategy. Plus, he has proven content repurposing tips to share! Find out: 3 ways to become a ‘key person of influence’ in your industry Why maximizing your content can put you on the front foot How to build strong relationships with your customers
Important links & mentions: Daniel’s website: https://danielpriestley.com/ (https://danielpriestley.com/) Daniel’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielpriestley/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/danielpriestley/) Daniel’s books: https://danielpriestley.com/daniel-priestley-books/ (https://danielpriestley.com/daniel-priestley-books/) Dent Global: https://www.dent.global/ (https://www.dent.global/) ScoreApp: https://www.scoreapp.com/ (https://www.scoreapp.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Are you considering turning your long-form content into something even longer, and longer-lasting? It is a fantastic way to breathe new life into older content and reach a much broader audience, while helping to cement your reputation as an industry leader. In this episode, Amy shares three ways that you can take your blog posts, podcast episodes, videos and/or webinar content and extend it even further. Find out: How and why you should turn your blog posts into a book The ins and outs of repurposing blog posts into a white paper, guide or report Why you should consider repurposing content into an online course
Important links & mentions: Content10x.com https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Creating online courses by repurposing content with Teresa Heath-Waring https://content10x.captivate.fm/episode/creating-online-courses-by-repurposing-content-with-teresa-heath-wareing (https://content10x.captivate.fm/episode/creating-online-courses-by-repurposing-content-with-teresa-heath-wareing) https://www.content10x.com/93 (Content 10x The Book – An Update & How to Repurpose Content into a Book) Amy’s book: https://www.content10x.com/book (https://www.content10x.com/book) (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Have you considered adopting a video-first approach in your marketing? 87% of marketers say video content gives them a positive ROI, according to Wyzowl. That’s up from 33% in 2015! Trends show video content is on the rise, and many podcasters and radio shows are sidelining audio-only content. But how does this translate into content marketing? And what are the benefits of taking a video-first approach? In this episode, we observe how audio-only content is often taking a backseat in favor of combined video and audio, we delve into why this is and look at how content marketers can navigate this change. Find out: Why YouTube is a great platform for podcasters How a major radio station group adopted a video-first approach The repurposing possibilities from prioritizing video
Important links & mentions: Content10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com) Episode 223 – How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media: https://www.content10x.com/223 (https://www.content10x.com/223) Episode 243 – 10 Types of Video Your Business Should Repurpose: https://www.content10x.com/243 (https://www.content10x.com/243) B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/ (https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/) Reuters Institute Digital News Report 2021: https://reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2021-06/Digital_News_Report_2021_FINAL.pdf (https://reutersinstitute.politics.ox.ac.uk/sites/default/files/2021-06/Digital_News_Report_2021_FINAL.pdf) Wyzowl Video Marketing Statistics: https://www.wyzowl.com/video-marketing-statistics/ (https://www.wyzowl.com/video-marketing-statistics/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (https://www.content10x.com/book) (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
It’s crystal clear that short-form content is on the rise and what audiences love. Platforms like TikTok, Twitter and Instagram continue to go from strength to strength – with TikTok as the fasting growing social media platform for the past few years across all age ranges. Posting short-form, snackable content is a great way to attract new audiences. Once you attract new audiences, you can continue to stay front-of-mind with your short-form, easy-to-consume content. But how do you convert those casual short-form content fans into consumers of your long-form content? Because the consumers of your long-form content are investing time in your deeper, higher value content - and they are the audience who are most likely to convert. Listen to this episode to learn how to tempt people to consume your long-form content. Find out: Why a focus on quality with short-form content is important, and why platform research is key Who is consuming your short-form content and who is consuming your long-form content, and why it’s important to consider this How to repurposing long-form content into short form content in order to convert casual fans into superfans!
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com) Episode 134 – The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-form to Buying: https://www.content10x.com/134 (https://www.content10x.com/134) Episode 204 – The Best Way to Repurpose Content: Long-form to Short-form or Vice Versa?: https://www.content10x.com/204 (https://www.content10x.com/204) Kraus Group Marketing Report: https://krausgroupmarketing.com/marketing-strategy/average-consumer-attention-span-has-dropped-again-in-2022/#:~:text=Align%20Your%20Marketing%20Efforts%20with,the%20average%20consumer%20attention%20span (https://krausgroupmarketing.com/marketing-strategy/average-consumer-attention-span-has-dropped-again-in-2022/#:~:text=Align%20Your%20Marketing%20Efforts%20with,the%20average%20consumer%20attention%20span). My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Are you creating content for Pinterest? If not, why not? As of the first quarter of 2022, Pinterest has 433 million monthly active users – so could your audience be looking for you? In this episode, we ask Kate Ahl how marketers can repurpose content for a brand-new audience on Pinterest. Kate is the founder of Simple Pin Media, a Pinterest marketing agency, and here, she shares her top tips on how to enhance your current content strategy on the app. She shares advice on how to stay true to your audience and touches on challenges you may face before finding success on Pinterest! Find out: How to enhance your strategy with Pinterest Why creating promotional content works and how to do it The best ways to repurpose on Pinterest from graphics to case studies
Important links & mentions: Kate’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/kate-ahl/) Simple Pin Media: https://www.simplepinmedia.com/ (https://www.simplepinmedia.com/) Simple Pin Media’s Twitter: https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia (https://twitter.com/simplepinmedia) Our previous blog post/podcast episode with Kate Ahl: https://www.content10x.com/30 (https://www.content10x.com/30) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book/ (https://www.content10x.com/book) (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
It’s so valuable to hear your customers’ experiences first hand. It can help you improve your product or service, your messaging, and content marketing decisions. But is there a use for customer interviews beyond that? Customer interviews are not just a method for obtaining feedback. If you record them, they become content, and they can also be repurposed into more content to be shared across the marketing funnel. In this episode, Amy explores 5 effective ways customer interviews can be repurposed to support your content marketing strategy. Find out: Three reasons why performing customer interviews is useful Why it’s so important to hit that record button – either video or audio How they can inspire new content ideas
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ Episode 215 – How to Repurpose and Deliver Compelling Customer Stories with Rob Yoegel: https://www.content10x.com/compelling-customer-stories/ Inc. article – 6 Tips for Writing Compelling Thought Leadership Articles: https://www.inc.com/entrepreneurs-organization/6-tips-for-writing-compelling-thought-leadership-articles.html My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter
Tons and tons of videos are created week in, week out by marketing teams. But how much of that video content is reaching its true potential? If video plays a major part in your content marketing strategy, then video repurposing is an effective way of extending the lifespan of your video content. From sales calls to customer interviews and webinars to social media videos, there are many different types of videos that can be repurposed! In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, find out: How to boost the potential of 10 different types of videos What videos can be repurposed into The approach we took to help a client repurpose video content from a 1-day event into 6+ months’ worth of content
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Episode 33 –Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan (https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan) Episode 176 – Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce: https://www.content10x.com/why-you-should-repurpose-your-livestream-videos-with-matt-pierce (https://www.content10x.com/why-you-should-repurpose-your-livestream-videos-with-matt-pierce) Episode 215 – How to Repurpose and Deliver Compelling Customer Stories with Rob Yoegel: https://www.content10x.com/compelling-customer-stories/ (https://www.content10x.com/compelling-customer-stories/) Episode 225 – How to Repurpose a Virtual Event with Mark Huber: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-a-virtual-event/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-a-virtual-event/) Talk 10x service: https://www.content10x.com/talk10x/ (https://www.content10x.com/talk10x/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (https://www.content10x.com/book) (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
If participating in events is part of your marketing strategy – whether you’re speaking, sponsoring, or exhibiting – you’ll know that plenty of effort goes into the content you create. This is the case whether it’s a virtual, in-person, or hybrid event. Good news - you can save time, money and labor by repurposing that content. In this episode, we discuss how to give your event content a new lease of life, why taking a different approach to event content could help your business get noticed and learn 4 key types of event content teeming with repurposing potential. Find out: How Content 10x create content with repurposing in mind for the events we attend 4 key ways you can repurpose event content How thinking outside the box (or booth!) could help your brand stand out
Important links & mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com Episode 232 – When is the Best Time to Repurpose Your Content?: https://www.content10.com/232 (https://www.content10.com/232) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Animation is a great way to help your content stand out from the crowd. It can be fun and energetic, but it can help cover more serious topics too. In this episode, Christine MacKay, founder and CEO of Salamandra Animation Studios, shares her top tips on how marketers can use animation in innovative ways to add a new dimension to their content marketing. Christine outlines some the inventive ways Salamandra have used animation and how it appeals to the vast population of visual learners. Find out: Why animation is perfect for making B2B content more engaging The types of content that can be repurposed into animations How to repurpose your animations for different platforms and purposes Why it’s important to nail your brand awareness first
Important links & mentions: Salamandra official website: https://www.salamandra.uk/ Christine’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/salamandradesigndigital/ Salamandra on Twitter: https://twitter.com/salamandrauk (https://twitter.com/salamandrauk) Christine’s https://www.amazon.com/Destination-Animation-marketeers-messages-memorably/dp/1781336342/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1LG5F7IGS20EH&keywords=destination+animation&qid=1654000110&sprefix=destination+animation%2Caps%2C61&sr=8-1 (book) (Destination Animation) https://www.content10x.com/book (My book): Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results
Amy Woods is the CEO and founder of Content 10x, the world’s first and longest-running specialist content repurposing agency that partners exclusively with B2B tech and professional services businesses. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Messing up your lines, kids interrupting, dogs barking, construction workers making a racket…all reasons to press ‘stop’ on your video or audio content and start over. But don’t scrap that screw-up! Could you repurpose your mishaps into new content? It’s useful to keep hold of your mistakes because they have some incredible repurposing potential. Listen to this episode to find out how you can repurpose your bloopers, blunders and outtakes into content that connects with your audience. Find out: Why deleting your bloopers could actually be a big mistake How posting your mishaps on TikTok could help you grow a new audience Three inventive ways you could repurpose your outtakes
Important links & mentions: More on repurposing your bloopers: www.content10x.com/240 Content 10x on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x – a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Do you repurpose your content before you publish it? Or do you distribute your content first, and then see what happens before you repurpose it? In this episode, Amy shares the repurposing and distribution approach we take at Content 10x, and reveals how it can help you streamline your content processes and get your pillar content more attention and more ROI. Find out: The problem with a publish-first, then repurpose approach Why publishing your content should be like a product launch How much content we repurposed this podcast episode into BEFORE we published it!
Important Links & Mentions Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
James Cordon does it, Jimmy Fallon does it, and your brand should be doing it too – segmenting your content. Defining segments within your content can have a game-changing effect on your creation and repurposing process. But it can also help more of your audience form stronger connections with your content. In this episode, we explain how to streamline your content creation and repurposing and grow brand superfans with content segments. Find out about: What marketers can learn from TV talk show segments The benefits of segmenting your content – before you create it How to create content in segments, with real examples
Important Links & Mentions https://www.instagram.com/tv/B-SryRIJtEI/ (The David Beckham x James Corden clip) More about segmenting your content: www.content10x.com/238 My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing.
Original research can be a gold-mine for content marketers. But only if you get the results you need – and repurpose them effectively. In this episode, we ask Michele Linn, content marketing and research expert, how marketers can get the most out of their original research findings. Michele is the co-founder and Chief Strategy Officer for Mantis Research, and shares her techniques for repurposing research findings into engaging content. She also reveals what marketers can do to set their research up for repurposing success, and shares examples of research repurposing in action. Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Find out: How story stats and inventory stats differ and why both can level-up your content strategy The 4 Rs of repurposing your data and research findings The biggest mistake marketers make with research projects
Important Links & Mentions Michele’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/michelelinn/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/michelelinn/) Mantis Research: https://mantisresearch.com/ (https://mantisresearch.com/) Research Power (Half) Hour: https://mantisresearch.com/research-power-half-hour/ (https://mantisresearch.com/research-power-half-hour/) How to Repurpose a White Paper or Research Report into a Webinar: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
TikTok is the world’s fastest-growing social media platform. According to Edison Research, 35% of US citizens are now on the platform – and usage is growing across all age groups. The chances of your ideal clients hanging out on the short-form, vertical video platform are becoming increasingly likely. More B2B brands than ever are finding out how TikTok can work for them and building a presence. Listen to this episode to learn how to grow your brand on TikTok by repurposing your content, and discover the B2B brands to follow for inspiration. Find out: 2 different approaches for repurposing your content to TikTok How to increase your ROI if you create original vertical videos 4 B2B brands who are winning on TikTok
Important Links & Mentions The Infinite Dial 2022: https://www.content10x.com/235 (https://www.content10x.com/235) Shopify on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@shopify (https://www.tiktok.com/@shopify) Square on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@square (https://www.tiktok.com/@square) Adobe on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@adobe (https://www.tiktok.com/@adobe) Sales Feed on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@salesfeed (https://www.tiktok.com/@salesfeed) Content 10x on TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x (https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x) B2B Content Strategist: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist (https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist)
Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
TikTok and Twitter usage are up, weekly podcast listening is down, and Amazon Alexas are the runaway favorite smart speaker…but what do these findings mean for content creators? In this episode, we share the key takeaways from the longest-running survey of digital media consumer behavior in the U.S., The Infinite Dial 2022, and talk about how and why they should impact your content marketing. Created by Edison Research, Wondery and ART19, the study provides keen insights into what content people are consuming, on what platforms, and how. It’s a content marketer’s data banquet! Tune in to find out: How audience’s offline behavior affects content consumption Why B2B marketers can no longer ignore TikTok What a decrease in weekly podcast listening really means for podcasters
Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Important Links & Mentions The Infinite Dial 2022: https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2022/ How to Repurpose a White Paper or Research Report into a Webinar: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-white-paper-into-webinar/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Get ready for more conversations with B2B content marketing leaders. B2B Content Strategist, our brand-new podcast is now live! Tune in to this special, celebratory episode of The Content 10x Podcast as we share why we’ve decided to launch a sister podcast and get an exclusive look at the content that’s coming soon. Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Find out: Why we’re launching B2B Content Strategist and what it means for The Content 10x Podcast How B2B Content Strategist differs, and what’s in store Sneak peeks at interviews with leading B2B content marketers
Important Links & Mentions Listen on Apple Podcasts: https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/b2b-content-strategist/id1618797521 (https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/b2b-content-strategist/id1618797521) Listen on Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/6hDBArnEn5rE2l4sLIXqcx (https://open.spotify.com/show/6hDBArnEn5rE2l4sLIXqcx) Listen on Stitcher: https://www.stitcher.com/show/b2b-content-strategist (https://www.stitcher.com/show/b2b-content-strategist) Listen on Amazon Music: https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09XN9MPB2?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_1ZXTFXGKKFPMHWZ75H2G (https://www.amazon.com/dp/B09XN9MPB2?ref_=cm_sw_r_cp_ud_dp_1ZXTFXGKKFPMHWZ75H2G) Listen on my website: https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/ (https://www.content10x.com/b2b-content-strategist/)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Every brand wants to be more visible online, and while there are paid options out there which can help (e.g., social ads), these aren’t the only way to get in front of your target audience. PR and visibility strategist Lisa Simone Richards joins this episode to talk all about how brands can get more exposure. Lisa specializes in helping people get in front of wider audiences and shared some of the strategies and approaches she uses with her clients, including how repurposing your message can help you maximize your results. Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Find out: Why you need to recycle, repeat, and repurpose your message How to access earned media opportunities The ABCs of visibility, and 5Ps for positioning, publicity and profit
Important Links & Mentions Lisa’s website: http://www.lisasimonerichards.com/ (www.lisasimonerichards.com) Lisa’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/lisasimonerichards/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/lisasimonerichards/) The visibility quiz: http://www.lisasimonerichards.com/quiz (www.lisasimonerichards.com/quiz) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Whether you’re buying a house, delivering a joke, or sharing your content, timing is everything. Get it right, and things are sure to go well. Get it wrong and… So, the million-dollar questions all marketers want to know is: when is the best time to post content? This episode explores three ways that content repurposing can help you figure it out, and how to make the most of timely content opportunities. Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x–a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Find out: How to work out the best time to publish your content Best practices for resharing content (and why you should) How social listening, newsjacking, and content repurposing can go hand-in-hand
Important Links & Mentions Content 10x: content10x.com My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Client case studies are a holy grail piece of content for getting that ‘yes’ from potential new customers. So shouldn’t your awesome case study content be exploded into new formats and shared across more platforms? In this episode, we share how to break your case studies free from their text-only bounds and talk about how to repurpose them into exciting new formats that spread your client success stories further. Amy Woods is a content repurposing expert and the CEO and Founder of Content 10x – a specialist content repurposing agency helping tech and professional services businesses worldwide repurpose their content. Amy is a best-selling author, hosts two content marketing podcasts (The Content 10x Podcast and B2B Content Strategist), and speaks on stages all over the world about the power of content repurposing. Find out: How to repurpose text-only case studies for different platforms, including social media 6 creative ways to repurpose your client case studies Bonus tips to help your case study content go further
Important Links & Mentions Case study, Peace of Mind Wealth Management: https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-case-study-pom/ (https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-case-study-pom/) Case study, TechSmith: https://www.content10x.com/case-study-techsmith/ (https://www.content10x.com/case-study-techsmith/) Why LinkedIn Carousels are Perfect for Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/why-linkedin-carousels-are-perfect-for-repurposing/ (https://www.content10x.com/why-linkedin-carousels-are-perfect-for-repurposing/) 4 Ways to Repurpose Content into an Instagram Carousel: https://www.content10x.com/4-ways-to-repurpose-content-into-an-instagram-carousel/ (https://www.content10x.com/4-ways-to-repurpose-content-into-an-instagram-carousel/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
‘How-to’ blog posts are fantastic for SEO, building authority, and helping your audience…but you know what boosts the performance and searchability of your how-to content? Repurposing it into a tutorial video. In this episode, I share the step-by-step process for repurposing your blog posts into value-packed tutorial videos, and how businesses and thought-leaders use how-to content to get ahead online. Find out: Three reasons why how-to content is a top choice for marketers How to transform a blog post into a tutorial video Recommended tools and equipment for creating value-packed videos
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/why-you-should-repurpose-your-livestream-videos-with-matt-pierce/ (Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce) Video interview guide: https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/ (https://www.content10x.com/interview-guide/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Amy Woods is the founder and CEO of specialist content repurposing agency, Content 10x. She prolifically shares content repurposing guidance on social media, the Content 10x blog, The Content 10x Podcast, in her book, and on stages around the world. Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
A content marketing strategy is never done. Evolving your strategy as your business develops and changes over time can be a huge undertaking. But it’s necessary and wholly worthwhile to keep the evolution of your business in motion and get your brand to where it needs to be. In this episode, I’m joined by Kathryn Strachan, Managing Director & Owner of Edinburgh-based FinTech content agency, Copy House. Kathryn has lots of experience helping businesses build and develop content marketing strategies that suit where the brand is now – and where it’s going. Kathryn shares how her team works with businesses to create a content strategy that progresses their brand, as well as insight into Copy House’s marketing strategy, and more. Find out about: Developing a content strategy Understanding & attracting your ideal clients What content works best at each stage in the funnel
Important Links & Mentions Kathryn’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/kathryn-strachan/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/kathryn-strachan/) Copy House: https://copyhouse.io/ (https://copyhouse.io/) SEO wins case study: https://copyhouse.io/casestudies/helping-inplayer-repurpose-their-content-to-boost-their-search-results-on-google/ (https://copyhouse.io/casestudies/helping-inplayer-repurpose-their-content-to-boost-their-search-results-on-google/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
$42 = the average ROI on every $1 spent on email marketing (according to HubSpot). Growing your email list is worth your time. But it still takes time, that’s the thing. With many priorities, how do you develop email lead gen campaigns in the most effective way? The answer lies in your existing content. In this episode, I share how to repurpose your content into campaigns that help grow your email list. Plus, find out how we 6x’d our month-on-month email subscriber growth. Find out: Three creative ways to attract and retain more email subscribers The key components to an optimized, easy-to-run email campaign Our top tip for boosting your subscriber numbers regularly
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/email-list-building-challenge-repurposing-content/ (How to Run an Email List Building Challenge by Repurposing your Content) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Social media visuals can boost your engagement and increase the impact of your content. Not to mention they are highly shareable. But what types of images suit your business’s social media style, and how can you incorporate this type of repurposing into your current content process? In this episode, I share how to repurpose your content into social media graphics that communicate your brand personality and messages in a unique and compelling way. Find out: Why marketers are increasingly making graphics part of their playbook Things to know before you create your visuals 7 different types of images you can repurpose your content into
Important Links & Mentions Meme generator: https://imgflip.com/memegenerator (https://imgflip.com/memegenerator) GIF maker: https://ezgif.com/maker (https://ezgif.com/maker) Canva: https://www.canva.com/ (https://www.canva.com/) Snagit: https://www.techsmith.com/screen-capture.html (https://www.techsmith.com/screen-capture.html) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Every week, we turn hours of podcast episodes into engaging, SEO-friendly blog posts. So, I thought it was about time I pulled back the curtain on our proven podcast-to-blog repurposing process, and share some of the tips we’ve learned over the last 5 years. If you have a podcast or thinking about starting one, this episode is your go-to guide for learning how to repurpose your audio content into wonderfully written text. Find out about: Different types of podcast episodes that make great blog posts The dos and don’ts of repurposing a podcast episode Tech tools and recommendations for streamlining your repurposing processes
Important Links & Mentions Episode 220, How to Repurpose a Blog Post into a Podcast Episode: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-blog-post-into-podcast/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-blog-post-into-podcast/) Episode 49, How Transcriptions Can Play A Key Role in Content Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/transcriptions-content-repurposing/ (https://www.content10x.com/transcriptions-content-repurposing/) Episode 118, Repurposing Your Core Content Into Companion Content: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-core-content-into-companion-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-core-content-into-companion-content/) Episode 188, How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Virtual events: full of value, awesome content, and lots of work to execute. Putting all that effort into a one-time event is certainly worth it, but add repurposing into the mix, and that value skyrockets… When our client, Metadata, decided to launch their ambitiously big event, DEMAND, they wanted to ensure this content would be more than just a one-hit-wonder. Metadata’s Head of Brand & Product Marketing, Mark Huber, joins me in this episode to share why repurposing the virtual event was part of their game-plan from day one, and the lessons learned from embarking on such an immense project. Mark is an expert in helping B2B marketers automate paid campaigns. He is also the co-host of Metadata’s weekly podcast, Demand Gen U, where he shares his decade of demand generation experience teaching marketers’ frameworks that they can implement today. Find out: How to plan a virtual event The virtual event pitfalls to avoid How to repurpose a virtual event How to apply your event repurposing framework to other types of content
Important Links & Mentions Metadata: https://metadata.io/ (https://metadata.io/) DEMAND: https://metadata.io/demand-2021/ (https://metadata.io/demand-2021/) Mark’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/markehuber/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/markehuber/) Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
How many hours/days/weeks do you spend creating an awesome presentation or slide deck, only for it to gather dust at the back of a virtual folder after it’s been delivered? In this episode, I share how to unlock more value from your presentations with repurposing. Listen to learn how to invest your time creating presentations more wisely by setting them up for easy repurposing, and discover how to transform your existing presentations into engaging external content with just a touch of repurposing magic. Find out: Why effective repurposing requires thinking outside of the content box 4 best practices for repurposing a presentation 7 creative ways to repurpose your presentation/slide deck
Important Links & Mentions Discover our services: https://www.content10x.com/services (https://www.content10x.com/services) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Could your long-form videos become awesome social media videos? It might sound like a stretch, but with some repurposing magic, your videos could have the potential to soar on social media. Social media is a landscape that’s always changing, and no format is more fluctuant than video. In this episode, I revisit my recommendations and advice for repurposing your videos to social media platforms. Hear the social media video options to find the one that suits your videos best, my best video repurposing practices, and more. Find out about: Video types perfect for repurposing to social media The different organic social media video options The process for repurposing videos for social media (plus tool recommendations)
Important Links & Mentions Free guide, Repurposing Your Horizontal Videos for Social Media: https://www.content10x.com/repurposevideo/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurposevideo/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
How can you get more people to engage with the findings in your white paper or research report? Downloadable PDFs are a brilliant way to boost your credibility and showcase industry expertise, but even the most awesome research report can struggle to connect with a wide readership. Repurposing it into a more accessible format, like video content, is a fantastic way to ensure your report gets the exposure it deserves. In this episode, I share the whats, whys, and hows behind repurposing your research report into a webinar. Tune in to find out how these two professional, thought-leadership style content can work together to generate more interest in your findings and get more ROI from your report. Find out: What a webinar is and the different styles Using your research report to plan a webinar that suits you The tech side of recording a webinar
Important Links & Mentions Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan/) The Infinite Dial: https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2021-2/ (https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2021-2/) The Treasury Recruitment Company, Key Insights from the Global Treasury Salary Survey: https://treasuryrecruitment.com/podcasts/episode-185-key-insights-from-the-global-treasury-salary-survey/ (https://treasuryrecruitment.com/podcasts/episode-185-key-insights-from-the-global-treasury-salary-survey/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Whether you create podcasts, videos, blogs, social media posts…your content is fighting for your audience’s attention. So how do you win the battle? Matt Deegan, Creative Director at Folder Media, joins me in this episode to share his multi-platform content approach developed from years of experience in the media industry. We discuss how to align content with your audience to capture them at the right moment, why you need to consider repurposing as part of a tactical content storyline, Matt’s tips for creating better content, and much more. Find out: How to stay front of mind with a multi-platform approach Matt’s end-to-end content creation, repurposing, and distribution process The benefits of creating diverse companion content
Important Links & Mentions Matt on Twitter: https://twitter.com/matt (https://twitter.com/matt) Matt’s website: http://www.mattdeegan.com/ (http://www.mattdeegan.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
If you have a blog and you’re thinking about starting a podcast, or you want to unearth more content ideas for an existing podcast, this episode is for you. You have high-quality, well-researched, and value-packed blog posts sitting on your website. This makes them the perfect framework for creating an engaging podcast episode, with minimal additional work! In this episode I share the end-to-end process and my top tips for repurposing your best blog posts into compelling podcast episodes. Find out: How to choose the right blog posts for a podcast episode What tech you do and don’t need Options for the voice of your podcast
Important Links & Mentions More on this topic: https://www.content10x.com/220 (https://www.content10x.com/220) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Is it time to give your content strategy a shake-up? Iterating your current content strategy to do more of what works is how you’ll see more traction. But first, you need to know what your audience want more of. In this episode, I share how we found out what our audience wanted and the content changes we’re putting in place in response. It’s a behind-the-scenes look at the hows and whys to our latest developments. Plus, I share some BIG news about a launch coming later this year! Find out about: How to gather data about your audience’s content preferences Why data is only half the story – and how to get more insight The big (and small) changes we’re making to our content
Important Links & Mentions Connect with me on LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
I’m back with my annual content marketing and repurposing predictions, where I take a look into my crystal ball and share what changes I think are going to be big in the next 12 months. With so much uncertainty, it feels like almost anything could happen in the year ahead. But after keeping a very close eye on emerging and developing trends in the B2B content marketing space, I’m confident that we can expect the 6 changes I share in this episode to have an impact on marketers and content creators in 2022. Find out: How social media is driven more by content FOMO than social FOMO Why the metaverse is going to fundamentally change content marketing How creators are offering their core content to people with different time commitments and attention spans on the same platform What content trends are now B2B marketing staples
Important Links & Mentions My content predictions for 2022: https://www.content10x.com/218/ (https://www.content10x.com/218/) Video 10x Exec: https://www.content10x.com/video10x-exec/ (https://www.content10x.com/video10x-exec/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
It’s that time of the year again! I’m reminiscing about some of my favorite moments from The Content 10x Podcast in 2021. So sit back and take a moment to enjoy some of the top repurposing tips and advice and awesome guest interviews, featuring Copyhackers’ Joanna Wiebe, SparkToro’s Rand Fishkin and the one and only Jay Baer. Whether you’ve missed the episodes the first time around or want a refresher of the best bits, this bumper episode is packed with treats! Find out: The two key elements of compelling copy In-depth audience analysis to master your marketing How to master consistency with your content ...so much more!
Important Links & Mentions Episode 208, Content That Converts: How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel: https://www.content10x.com/content-that-converts-how-to-repurpose-your-content-for-your-marketing-funnel/ (https://www.content10x.com/content-that-converts-how-to-repurpose-your-content-for-your-marketing-funnel/) Episode 210, How Content Repurposing Can Help You Win the Zero Moment of Truth: https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-can-help-you-win-the-zero-moment-of-truth/) Episode 178, Content Library: How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/ (https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/) Episode 183, How to Validate Your Content Ideas: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-validate-your-content-ideas/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-validate-your-content-ideas/) Episode 192, How to Understand Your Audience Better with Rand Fishkin: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-understand-your-audience-better-with-rand-fishkin/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-understand-your-audience-better-with-rand-fishkin/) Episode 205, Becoming a Social Pro: 500 Podcast Episodes and Counting with Jay Baer: https://www.content10x.com/becoming-a-social-pro-500-podcast-episodes-and-counting-with-jay-baer/ (https://www.content10x.com/becoming-a-social-pro-500-podcast-episodes-and-counting-with-jay-baer/) Episode 188, How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
2021 has been a year like no other. While many are looking forward to the year to come, 2021 has been a game-changer for online experiences. I’m talking about the increase of digital content we created and consumed, the rise (and fall) of Clubhouse, Twitter’s new features (will they stay or will they go)…it’s been full of surprises. Join me on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, as I recap some of the stand-out content marketing developments. Find out about: How digital content and content creators have evolved in 2021 How we reached more people than ever with Reels Why you should think twice before jumping on a social media bandwagon
Important Links & Mentions How to Repurpose Content on Clubhouse: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-content-on-clubhouse/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-content-on-clubhouse/) Get help repurposing your content: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Is your content strategy letting you down? Are you struggling to reach your audience? Having a strategy is a critical component of getting content marketing right. But what if your content isn’t as well-received by your audience as you like? Don’t worry, there are several things you can do to win at content marketing. In this episode, I spoke to our client, Linode’s Senior Director of Marketing, Rob Yoegel, about all things content marketing strategy – from where it began to what a successful marketing team looks like in the future. Find out about: Linode’s journey to defining a content strategy that works How to humanize your customer stories Why you should stop hiring “content marketers”
Important Links & Mentions Rob’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/robyoegel/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/robyoegel/) Linode: https://www.linode.com/content/ (https://www.linode.com/) Craft of Code: https://www.linode.com/craft-of-code/ (https://www.linode.com/craft-of-code/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Automation: is it all bad or could it enhance your content creation and distribution strategy? There are plenty of automation tools out there that claim to help you with everything from idea generation through to performance analysis. But how can using these tools really impact you and your content? In this episode, I share my thoughts on automating parts of your content marketing process. I discuss which content processes you should be automating and when to avoid automation entirely. I also talk a little bit about tools you can use to save you time and help streamline your content distribution. Find out about: When to use automation tools in your content marketing process Why automation isn’t suitable for your entire content workflow The content distribution automation tools we use and recommend
Important Links & Mentions Livestream Repurposing: The Good, The Bad, The Ugly: https://www.content10x.com/livestream-repurposing-the-good-the-bad-the-ugly/ (https://www.content10x.com/livestream-repurposing-the-good-the-bad-the-ugly/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
What’s better, perfect content that’s distributed poorly, or good content which is distributed fantastically? Arguably, it doesn’t matter how good your content is if it doesn’t reach your ideal audience. In this episode, I get into exactly why content distribution is so important to a winning content marketing strategy and how content repurposing can help you get on all the platforms that are right for you. Find out about: How distributing content effectively can be a real game-changer Why content distribution is a lot like product distribution My top content distribution channels
Important Links & Mentions Deliciously Ella case study: https://www.Content10x.com/193 (https://www.Content10x.com/193) Ross Simmonds on content distribution: https://www.content10x.com/209 (https://www.content10x.com/209) My website: https://www.content10x.com (https://www.content10x.com) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Are you thinking like a thought leader? Establishing yourself as a thought leader means getting comfortable sharing your views and finding ways to increase your visibility online. Sounds straightforward, right? It is if you have the right mindset – and are willing to put in the work. I invited Jason Van Orden, the business and marketing strategist for expert influencers, onto this episode to share how to develop a winning thought leadership strategy and why content is your secret weapon… Find out about: The role content plays in positioning you as a thought leader How podcasts can “stack your ROI”– and help you achieve more, faster Jason’s powerful advice on establishing a winning thought leadership mindset
Important Links & Mentions Jason’s website: https://jasonvanorden.com/ (https://jasonvanorden.com/) Jason’s podcast: https://jasonvanorden.com/impact-podcast/ (https://jasonvanorden.com/impact-podcast/) Jason’s newsletter: https://jasonvanorden.com/newsletter/ (https://jasonvanorden.com/newsletter/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Is your content strategy on track to provide value over the holiday season? Or is it a season of stress and trying to keep up with your competition? Staying consistent with your content strategy can be tricky over the holiday season. And, when others might be using the opportunity to end the year with a bang, it can add an extra layer of pressure. But with some clever content repurposing ideas and a few of the holiday season content tips I’ve picked up over the years, you can turn that feeling of survival into celebration. Find out about: Why planning ahead can make a world of difference to your holiday season content How to efficiently repurpose your existing content into great holiday content (with examples!) My top tips for creating and distributing content over the holiday period
Important Links & Mentions Episode 163, The Secrets of LinkedIn Success: https://www.content10x.com/the-secrets-of-linkedin-success/ (https://www.content10x.com/the-secrets-of-linkedin-success/) Episode 164, The Very Best of Video Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/the-very-best-of-video-repurposing/ (https://www.content10x.com/the-very-best-of-video-repurposing/) Episode 165, The Best Content Repurposing Tips: https://www.content10x.com/the-best-of-content-repurposing/ (https://www.content10x.com/the-best-of-content-repurposing/) Episode 166, How to Repurpose Content Like Top TV Talk Shows: https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-like-the-top-tv-talk-shows/ (https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-like-the-top-tv-talk-shows/) Episode 61, The Gift of Repurposing: 5 Giveaway Ideas from your Existing Content: https://www.content10x.com/gift-of-repurposing-5-giveaway-ideas-existing-content/ (https://www.content10x.com/gift-of-repurposing-5-giveaway-ideas-existing-content/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Research is an integral part of the buying process. Whether you’re buying a new laptop, investing in a service for your business, or just trying to find the best window-cleaner in your area, it’s unlikely you’ll make a purchasing decision without some further information first. Google has coined a term for the research you do before you buy – The Zero Moment of Truth (ZMOT). Winning the ZMOT gives you a competitive advantage in your marketplace. In this episode, I break down exactly what the ZMOT is, and the part content plays in winning it. I also explain how content repurposing can be your secret weapon to speed up this process and secure more sales to your ideal clients. Find out about: What the Zero Moment of Truth is and how it can help you gain a competitive advantage How to use content marketing to move people to make a buying decision How to repurpose one piece of content to achieve the ZMOT
Important Links & Mentions Episode 208, How to Repurpose Your Content for Your Marketing Funnel: http://www.content10x.com/208 (www.content10x.com/208) Learn more about the ZMOT: https://youtu.be/mEl1fiqLCVM (https://youtu.be/mEl1fiqLCVM) Get help with your content repurposing: http://www.content10x.com (www.content10x.com) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Are you missing out on big opportunities to become an authority in your industry and drive traffic to your website? Third-party sites like Reddit and Quora have incredible but wildly underutilized potential to boost your authority online…but what’s the best way to take advantage of these opportunities? Joining me to share his thoughts is Ross Simmonds, Founder of Foundation Marketing and B2B marketing strategist. He talks passionately about how content creators for B2B businesses can use these platforms to realize huge gains and his strategies for getting your content noticed in undervalued niches. Find out about: The cheat code to getting your content on any subreddit front page How to use Quora to appear in the SERPs and drive more traffic to your website Today’s most undervalued distribution channels and how to tap into them for future results
Important Links & Mentions Reddit: https://www.reddit.com/ (https://www.reddit.com/) Reddit, Big SEO: https://www.reddit.com/r/bigseo/ (https://www.reddit.com/r/bigseo/) Quora: https://www.quora.com/ (https://www.quora.com/) Ross’ newsletter: https://foundationinc.co/newsletter/ (https://foundationinc.co/newsletter/) Ross’ Twitter: https://twitter.com/TheCoolestCool (https://twitter.com/TheCoolestCool) Ross’ LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/rosssimmonds/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/rosssimmonds/) Our content repurposing services: https://www.content10x.com (https://www.content10x.com) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
The marketing funnel is one of the most helpful ways to think about how your content needs to speak to your potential clients. Populating a funnel with highly effective content can be challenging. Did you know that repurposing content can help you create on-message content, for all stages of the funnel, that leads to conversions. In this episode, I share the repurposing strategy that drills down into each stage of the marketing funnel and how to find inspiration for more impactful content. I also explain a bit about the marketing funnel as a whole, how you can use it to structure your content marketing approach, and my tips for creating content for every stage. Find out about: The five stages of the marketing funnel and what they mean Which content format works best for each stage of the funnel How to create and repurpose content to populate your marketing funnel faster
Important Links & Mentions To read the blog post on this topic https://content10x.com/208 (click here) https://www.content10x.com/121 (How Storytelling and Repurposing Can 10x Case Studies) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Should you commit to ongoing weekly content or create a season? For some people, a season is the perfect answer. But when you’ve created and published a brilliant season of content – now what? You either leave it out there and hope it’ll return some results, or you can use a repurposing strategy to maximize its chances of getting more viewers/listeners while you’re off-air. In this episode, I share my six-step process to help your content season keep performing in-between seasons. Each step is a top piece of repurposing advice that you can apply to almost any form of pre-existing content – so even if you don’t create content in seasons, this episode will inspire you to do more with what you’ve already got. Find out about: The pros and cons of creating content in seasons Examples of businesses that create seasons of content vs. ongoing content Six steps to repurpose your content season and keep it generating results
Important Links & Mentions It Started with Content: https://www.content10x.com/206 (https://www.content10x.com/206) Who we work with: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
12 content creator turned business owner stories – what do they all have in common? Find out in this final installment of our It Started with Content case study series. In this final episode, I look at the traits all the creators shared and how they helped propel the creators from zero to successful brands, businesses, and more. Hit play to hear the most vital takeaways from these content hero journeys! Find out about: Key findings from our It Started with Content case study series A brief look at the creators featured and how content helped them get to where they are today The four key attributes all creators shared and how you can apply these to your content strategy
Important Links & Mentions The Joe Wicks story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-embracing-content-led-to-fame-fortune-and-an-mbe/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-embracing-content-led-to-fame-fortune-and-an-mbe/) The My Dad Wrote A Porno story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-ebook-downloads-became-280m-podcast-downloads/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-ebook-downloads-became-280m-podcast-downloads/) 3 blog to business stories (Brian Clark, Nathan Barry, and Martin Lewis): https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-blogs-became-big-businesses/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-blogs-became-big-businesses/) The Unmumsy Mum story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-babies-blogs-bestselling-books/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-babies-blogs-bestselling-books/) The Marie Forleo story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-an-email-newsletter-led-to-an-eight-figure-business-empire/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-an-email-newsletter-led-to-an-eight-figure-business-empire/) Two tremendous Twitter tales (Dominic McGregor and Rob Temple): https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-tweets-tea-toilet-roll/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-tweets-tea-toilet-roll/) The Deliciously Ella story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-a-food-blog-became-a-recipe-for-brand-success/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-a-food-blog-became-a-recipe-for-brand-success/) The Tim Schmoyer story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-amateur-vlogger-to-master-of-youtube/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-amateur-vlogger-to-master-of-youtube/) The Zach King story: https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-viral-video-illusionist-to-record-breaking-content-king/ (https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-from-viral-video-illusionist-to-record-breaking-content-king/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/206 (click here)
How do you create high-quality content week after week for 9+ years? As our incredible friend and client Jay Baer reaches 500 episodes of his podcast, Social Pros, I invited him to join me on The Content 10x Podcast to talk about what it takes to consistently create so much fantastic content. Jay is a profound figure in the content marketing industry. He’s a leading podcaster, author, and speaker and has hosted the Social Pros podcast for over nine years. In this insightful episode, we discussed why his show is so successful, it’s niche appeal, how he stays consistent after all this time, and what he’d do differently if he started Social Pros today. Find out about: How Jay and his team have consistently published (almost) 500 podcast episodes since 2012 Why being hyper-focused is key to winning the right audience – and clients How the “magic of repurposing” would influence the Social Pros show if Jay were to start it today
Important Links & Mentions Convince and Convert: https://www.convinceandconvert.com/ (https://www.convinceandconvert.com/) Social Pros Podcast: https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/social-pros-podcast/ (https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/social-pros-podcast/) Jay’s newsletter: https://www.jaybaer.com/the-baer-facts-newsletter/ (https://www.jaybaer.com/the-baer-facts-newsletter/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/205 (click here)
Is the best way to repurpose content transforming long-form pieces into shorter content? Or is there another way? The fantastic thing about content repurposing is that there’s no ONE way to repurpose your content. If there’s potential for your content to become something else, then go ahead and create it! In this episode, I share how to shift your content repurposing mindset to uncover a new realm of possibilities. And I walk you through two real-world examples to show how you can increase your ROI from your short-form content by transforming it into longer-form (and longer-lasting) content. Find out about: How content repurposing doesn’t have to be one directional Two reasons why it’s important to mix up your content repurposing workflow How to repurpose short-form content into long-form content: practical examples
Important Links & Mentions Episode 114, The Content Repurposing Mindset: https://www.content10x.com/114 (https://www.content10x.com/114) Episode 195, Could Your Content Strategy Be Holding You Back? https://www.content10x.com/195 (https://www.content10x.com/195) Episode 183, How to Validate Your Content Ideas: https://www.content10x.com/183 (https://www.content10x.com/183) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/204 (click here)
Repurposing content is all about maximizing your ROI. But many of us neglect the simplest and hugely effective way of increasing your ROI when it comes to your existing content: updating it. Updating your content is a proven method for getting more eyes on content that already exists. There’s no going back to the drawing board or spending hours creating a new X, Y, or Z. All it takes is a little dust off, and your content could perform like never before. In this podcast episode, I share my three-step process to rejuvenate your existing content that will save you time, improve your audience reach, and ensure your content stays relevant for longer. Find out about: How updating old blog posts can increase your website traffic by 362% Why it’s vital to revisit your SEO and keyword strategy Three steps you can take to optimize and repurpose your old content effectively
Important Links & Mentions Episode 200, https://www.content10x.com/200 (200 Episodes, Looking Forward & 3 Strategies For) https://www.content10x.com/200 (Maximizing Content) https://databox.com/updating-old-blog-posts (Databox study) https://jessicagreene.marketing/blog/updating-website-content/ (Zapier study) https://optinmonster.com/blogging-statistics (Optin Monster statistics) Episode 178, https://www.content10x.com/content-library-how-to-create-a-content-treasure-trove-for-unlimited-repurposing/ (Content Library: How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/203 (click here)
How did micro-magic trick content conjure up worldwide video success? At the time of writing, Zach King’s videos are 4 out of the top 5 most watched videos on TikTok – with nearly 5 billion combined views. He’s also the world-record holder for the highest number of TikTok followers for a male creator. The video illusionist has taken the social media video game to an entirely new level and, at the same time, built a business where he can really stretch his magical muscles. Plus, he has authored a successful range of children’s books. In this episode of the It Started with Content case study series, I share the secrets to this video magician’s success. Press play to find out: How a passion for filmmaking transformed Zach into a record-breaking micro-content creator How repurposing helped Zach pivot and achieve multiplatform success, which has led to huge success off the screen too The four key lessons to learn from Zach’s journey
Important Links & Mentions It Started with Content case study series: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d703GYxMUxs4a6CCe6fQWZB (https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d703GYxMUxs4a6CCe6fQWZB) Zach’s YouTube channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCq8DICunczvLuJJq414110A (https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCq8DICunczvLuJJq414110A) Zach’s TikTok: https://www.tiktok.com/@zachking (https://www.tiktok.com/@zachking) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/202 (click here)
A personal brand is a powerful thing. It can get your name out there, establish you as an influential authority, get your foot in the door with your dream clients, and so much more. But how do you actually build a personal brand? What does it take to go from unknown to well-known? And how instrumental is social media? I invited personal branding expert, Ash Jones, onto the show to find out. Ash is the Founder of Great Influence, a personal branding agency responsible for growing the iconic personal brands of CEOs and social media leaders, including Steven Bartlett (Social Chain), Umar Kamani (Pretty Little Thing), Katy Leeson (Social Chain), and many, many more. Ash shared plenty of brilliant tips for anyone and everyone hoping to level up their personal brand using social media. Whether you’re super outspoken already or trying to come out of your shell, this episode has the advice for you. Find out about: How to start building your personal brand from zero Why your personal brand leads to greater influence and increased trust How personal branding is possible for everyone – even introverts
Important Links & Mentions Ash’s LinkedIn: https://www.linkedin.com/in/ash-jones-85363975/ (https://www.linkedin.com/in/ash-jones-85363975/) Great Influence: https://www.greatinfluence.co.uk/ (https://www.greatinfluence.co.uk/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) More about personal branding: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-build-your-personal-brand-with-chris-ducker/ (https://www.content10x.com/how-to-build-your-personal-brand-with-chris-ducker/)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/201 (click here)
When you’re sitting on a mountain of content…what do you do with it? In this special, celebratory 200th episode of The Content 10x Podcast, I’m going behind the scenes once more and sharing what I plan to do with all this content. Tune in to hear what my next steps are for those 200 weeks of podcast episodes and repurposed content, and find out how I’m going to keep all that content relevant, in circulation, and contributing to my wider content strategy. Find out about: How to repurpose a mountain of content! My top tips for updating existing blog posts and why you should do it more often Why repurposing is about looking forward as well as back
Important Links & Mentions: Episode 190, 4 Lessons Learned in 4 Years: https://www.content10x.com/190 (https://www.content10x.com/190) Episode 178, Content Library: How to Create a Content Treasure Trove for Unlimited Repurposing: https://www.content10x.com/178 (https://www.content10x.com/178) Episode 195, Could Your Content Strategy Be Holding You Back? https://www.content10x.com/195 (https://www.content10x.com/195) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Get in touch with me: amy@content10x.com
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To read the blog post, click https://content10x.com/200 (here)
How does your business stand out from its competition? Even if the products and services you offer are completely unique, it likely won’t be this way forever…but one thing always will be – your brand. How you communicate what your business stands for can have a huge impact on potential clients. It may even be the difference between them deciding to work with you or your competitors. So, even if you offer similar products or services as another business in your industry, there’s one factor that will differentiate you from the rest…your secret sauce, your content. In this episode, I’m sharing how to find your brand’s secret sauce and use content to give people a taste of your business. Find out about: A quick exercise to define your business’s secret sauce The big brand lessons you can apply to your content How to create your brand’s “secret sauce” content: the recipe to help you stand out from your competition
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/blog/ (Free content repurposing resources) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/199 (click here).
Threads are proven to boost your engagement on Twitter. But how can you use them for repurposing your content? Historically, it’s been a real challenge to repurpose content to Twitter. If you create long-form content, it can take a lot of creativity to repurpose it into bite-size (or should I say crumb-size) pieces of content that fit the character limit. However, threads give you much more flexibility to repurpose your content into something easily digestible. In this highly practical episode, I share the best practices and big no-nos for repurposing your content into a compelling Twitter thread. Find out about: What a Twitter thread is and how to create one Why threads are a powerful way to connect to your Twitter audience and increase your engagement The dos and don’ts for transforming long-form content into a Twitter thread
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/ (Episode 188: How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe) Follow me on Twitter, https://twitter.com/content10x (@Content10x) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
It’s hard to imagine a time when we didn’t turn to YouTube for entertainment and information. But back when the video sharing platform first launched, nobody quite realized its true potential. Tim Schmoyer, however, was determined to work it out. In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share Tim’s story. Spoiler alert: Tim pioneered YouTube video as we know it today and remains a leader in educational YouTube content. It’s likely you’ll have heard many YouTube success stories…but no story is quite like Tim’s. Find out about: How accidental vlogging led to a hugely successful video strategy business Why viewers and brands couldn’t keep their eyes off Tim’s content What it takes to become a leader on the world’s biggest video platform
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLVwaHzx-z4d703GYxMUxs4a6CCe6fQWZB (It Started with Content case studies) on YouTube https://www.youtube.com/user/VideoCreatorsTV (Video Creators YouTube channel) Tim Schmoyer’s https://youtu.be/YEGSrxud3xU (TechSmith interview) Tim Schmoyer’s https://www.levelingup.com/growth-everywhere-interview/video-creators-tim-schmoyer/ (Leveling Up interview) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/197 (click here).
Does your content actively help you sell your products and services? Does it attract ideal clients? If you need help with either of these, Nikki Rausch has some tips to help. Nikki is the Founder and CEO of Sales Maven, an organization helping business owners facilitate strategic and effective sales conversations. She’s got more than 25 years of sales experience under her belt, has written three stand-out sales books, and hosts the Sales Maven podcast. She joins me in this episode to share actionable tips and advice for selling successfully without being pushy. We also talk about how to reach your best clients and craft content that smooths out the sales process. Find out about: How a podcast can help you generate better leads and clients Why your approach to “sales content” could be hindering your ability to sell Nikki’s tips and advice for demonstrating your value using content
Important Links & Mentions: Sales Maven’s https://yoursalesmaven.com/ (website) Sales Maven’s https://www.facebook.com/yoursalesmaven/ (Facebook) Sales Maven’s https://www.instagram.com/your_sales_maven/ (Instagram) Nikki’s https://www.linkedin.com/in/nicolerausch/ (LinkedIn) Download the free eBook: https://yoursalesmaven.com/10x (Closing the Sale eBook) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/196 (click here).
Your content should always help to move your business forward. But with long-term content strategies, it’s easy to fall into a rut. You could be pouring your energy into content that just doesn’t perform the way it used to or resonate with your audience anymore. Plus, you could be missing out on content opportunities that have much greater potential! In this episode, I’m sharing the three ways you can give your content strategy a boost, so it keeps propelling your business forward (and stops holding you back). I also reveal a little behind-the-scenes look at how we keep our content strategy fresh at Content 10x. Find out about: How to conduct a deep dive review of your content approach and strategy When to update your internal systems and workflows The best way to experiment with creating new types of content
Important Links & Mentions: Episode 190, https://www.content10x.com/4-lessons-learned-in-4-years/ (4 Lessons Learned in 4 Years) https://www.content10x.com/ (Content 10x website) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week, https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (click here). To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/195 (click here).
If you use Instagram to build brand awareness and grow your business, there’s one feature that you can’t ignore: Instagram Guides. Instagram Guides are incredibly powerful for building credibility, showing expertise, and extending the life of your Instagram content. Plus, if you’re already creating content for Instagram, all it takes is 5 simple steps to repurpose that content into a Guide. In this episode, I share my top tips for creating an Instagram Guide to help show that your profile means business! I explain what they are, how to create them, and why they’re so powerful! Find out about: Why Instagram Guides are a must-use feature for brands and businesses How to create guides that build credibility and show your expertise How to extend the life of your existing Instagram posts by repurposing them into guides
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.instagram.com/content10x (Content 10x Instagram) Episode 188, https://www.content10x.com/how-to-write-better-content-with-joanna-wiebe/ (How to Write Better Content with Joanna Wiebe) Episode 145, https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-repurpose-your-highlights-on-social-media/ (How to Create and Repurpose Your Highlights on Social Media) https://www.content10x.com/ (Content 10x website) https://www.content10x.com/services/ (Our repurposing services) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/194 (click here).
What ingredients do you need to turn a passion project into a hugely successful brand and business? A cup of great content… Two cups of repurposing… And your own secret sauce! Ella Mills started her blog as a way to share her healthy recipes. But as her following grew, so did the content and business opportunities. In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share the content journey of Deliciously Ella. I hope you’re hungry for another incredible content story! Find out about: How Deliciously Ella transformed from food blog to multi-faceted business The secret ingredient to Ella’s content success Three key takeaways from Ella’s content journey all creators should know
Important Links & Mentions: Deliciously Ella’s https://deliciouslyella.com/ (website) Deliciously Ella’s https://www.instagram.com/deliciouslyella/ (Instagram) https://www.retail-week.com/be-inspired/how-deliciously-ella-went-from-blogger-to-brand-owner/7029051.article?authent=1 (Retail Week article) https://econsultancy.com/lessons-in-brand-building-from-deliciously-ella/ (Econsultancy article) https://youtu.be/yLn_IcVRvVs (Ella’s Diary of a CEO interview) https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/ (The Content 10x Toolkit ) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter). To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/193 (click here.)
Your product or service solves a problem that your audience has – but they may not know it yet. If they aren’t aware of the problem, they’re not looking for a solution. So how do you, 1) find those people and 2) get in front of them? In this episode, I speak to Rand Fishkin, CEO and Co-Founder of SparkToro. SparkToro helps content creators and business owners find out exactly what their ideal clients are looking at online. It takes the guesswork out of creating content and gives you a far better understanding of your audience’s content wants and needs. Listen to our discussion to find out how to create content that your audience is primed to consume and how important it is to proactively get in front of your ideal clients, instead of waiting for them to come to you. Find out: How SparkToro can help you understand your audience better and get in front of the right people faster Why podcasts have such a high ROI for businesses and how to tap into that How to find out what content your audience is actually paying attention to (so you can create it!)
Important Links & Mentions: https://twitter.com/randfish (Rand’s Twitter) https://sparktoro.com/ (SparkToro) https://sparktoro.com/blog/ (SparkToro blog) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
How do you tell people about your business, product, or service in your content without sounding too salesy? Providing helpful content is key to building an audience. But if people don’t know what you do or what you sell, is creating content really a marketing strategy – or just a hobby? The key is to balance helping your audience while directing them to your product and/or service. It’s tricky, but you can get there with the right approach. In this episode, I share my three top tips for using content to share what you do and what your business offers – without harming your relationship with your audience. Find out about: Why your content is your most powerful selling tool – when used correctly How to tell your audience about your products/services without being salesy The three things you can do to share more about your business
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-customer-journey-from-mobile-to-long-form-to-buying/ (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey) https://www.content10x.com/ (Content 10x website) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
When I first started Content 10x, being a business owner and content creator was all new to me… it was a steep learning curve. But I grew so much in that time. I learned lessons that have stuck with me and shaped my journey. So, I’m taking this opportunity to share just some of the most important lessons. Hopefully, these will be helpful to you, whether you’re just starting out with your business, four years in like me, or 20 years in! After all, it’s never too late to learn new things. Find out about: Why what got you to where you are today won’t necessarily get you further in future How to stay focused on metrics that matter to your business Why you should treat content like a long-term investment
Important Links & Mentions: Content 10x: https://www.content10x.com/ (https://www.content10x.com/) Our repurposing services: https://www.content10x.com/services/ (https://www.content10x.com/services/) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To find out more and explore other episodes https://www.content10x.com/190 (click here).
Could you build a brand in less than 280 characters? It might sound impossible, but you wouldn’t be the first person to do it. In fact, many businesses and brands started their content journeys on Twitter. After all, it’s a platform like no other for potential audience reach. Dominic McGregor, Co-Founder of Social Chain, and Rob Temple, author of Very British Problems, both found success through the platform, but what makes their stories unique? Find out in this installment of the It Started with Content case study series. Listen to find out: How a tweet about running out of toilet paper was the beginning of an entrepreneurial journey for a down-on-his-luck university student How a British journalist amassed 100,000 Twitter followers and a book deal in less than a month Why Twitter is a powerful tool for establishing a brand and reaching thousands
Important Links & Mentions: https://twitter.com/DominicMcGregor (Dominic’s Twitter) https://twitter.com/SoVeryBritish (VeryBritishProblems Twitter) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/189 (click here).
Writing is a vital component to content. It’s your podcast show notes, your YouTube video descriptions, your social media posts…and that’s before we even get into long-form written content like blog posts and lead magnets. So picking up a few tips and tricks about how to write better content can go a really, really long way. In this podcast episode, I speak to one of the best writing coaches in the business, Joanna Wiebe. Joanna is the Founder of online marketing writing education website, Copyhackers, and has helped thousands of start-ups, big businesses, and copywriters improve their copy and content writing. It’s a great discussion with LOADS of writing tips you can’t miss! Find out: The difference between copywriting and content writing Why written content is still so valuable and the misconceptions around reading online Joanna’s two main focuses for writing copy that hooks your audience
Important Links & Mentions: https://copyhackers.com/ (Copyhackers) https://twitter.com/copyhackers (Copyhackers on Twitter) https://www.facebook.com/groups/wordworkers/ (Word Workers) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Have you ever been shocked at the price of creative work? In the years since launching my creative agency, I’ve encountered time and time again people’s expectations around how much creative work should cost. What business owners often don’t understand is how much time and expertise it takes to make quality creative content. Content that grows a brand, drives results, and requires years of expert knowledge to create. In this podcast episode, I share my thoughts on why creativity is so undervalued, the problems with it, and my advice for business owners who are looking to invest in their content. Hit play to find out: Why creative work is undervalued The two key problems with underestimating creativity How investing in content and creative expertise can transform your business
Important Links & Mentions: My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Content repurposing services: http://www.content10x.com/services (www.content10x.com/services)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get the latest content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox once a week https://www.youtube.com/redirect?event=video_description&redir_token=QUFFLUhqa2FuVVVzM1pZd1JKNThLODVuamVqcTkxMXNJUXxBQ3Jtc0tsTV9MN3lBTUdrWnNZWFpGVzdFYkNCNnZTMFJ6QVRXNlhYMFNGNTBaTkVBb0JFWjh1ckVuazNINENGWXFpYmxzRGZPa0YyUmFNYW5NRHAzRGZfRUQ1N2ZTN1pSRU5WMThNNTE1Yld4Y3NaaTNzU3E4SQ&q=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.content10x.com%2Fnewsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Livestream video is undoubtedly the best type of content to repurpose…but lazy livestream repurposing is the worst kind of repurposing there is! Listening to errors and tech issues in a podcast or video that simply don’t need to be there is painful. It’s a sure-fire way to lose audience members who won’t want to invest their time in your content – because you haven’t invested in it yourself. So, I’m on a mission to stop lazy livestream repurposing. In this episode, I share my tips for making your repurposed livestream content more enjoyable for your audience and the difference between those who are doing it well and those who aren’t. Find out about: Why livestream video is the best type of content to repurpose What lazy livestream repurposing is and why you should avoid it 4 ways to level up your livestream repurposing
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/is-there-a-best-type-of-content-to-repurpose/ (Is There a ‘Best’ Type of Content to Repurpose) https://the-visual-lounge.captivate.fm/ (TechSmith/The Visual Lounge) https://www.content10x.com/why-you-should-repurpose-your-livestream-videos-with-matt-pierce/ (Why You Should Repurpose Your Livestream Videos with Matt Pierce) https://www.content10x.com/services/ (The Content 10x repurposing services) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
How can creating just one type of content grow a business empire? Any seasoned content creator will tell you that it’s best to master creating one content type before diversifying. However, few realize the power of honing your skills so acutely that you can build an entire business on the back of it. In this episode of the It Started with Content case study series, I reveal how Marie Forleo’s single-channel content strategy grew into a content conglomerate. Listen in to find out her advice and recommendations for others looking to build their business with the help of content. Find out about: How Marie Forleo grew an extensive email subscriber list in the pre-social media age Why Marie stuck to creating just one content type while building her business What one change to her content strategy has radically grown Marie’s online community
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.marieforleo.com/ (Marie Forelo’s website) https://www.content10x.com/171 (7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content) https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-embracing-content-led-to-fame-fortune-and-an-mbe/ (The Joe Wicks Story) https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-babies-blogs-bestselling-books/ (The Sarah Turner Story) https://www.content10x.com/it-started-with-content-how-3-blogs-became-big-businesses/ (The Nathan Barry Story) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
If you think repurposing content is limited to the online world only…think again. We often get so caught up reaching our audience on all the various virtual platforms that we forget about the possibilities that exist outside of the web. There could be plenty of digital to physical repurposing opportunities waiting for your content in the “real” world. Nicola Semple is one content creator who saw one such opportunity. Nicola is a true multihyphenate. She’s a Certified Mindset Coach, host of The Good Life Well Lived podcast, business owner, and creator of the You Are Enough Cards. She joins me on this Content 10x Podcast Episode to share how she transformed her digital content library into a physical product and why it’s the perfect partner to her online brand. Find out about: The process of repurposing digital content into a physical product What launching a physical product can teach you about your audience How Nicola’s product changed her strategy for creating content
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.facebook.com/IamNicolaSemple/ (Nicola’s Facebook) https://www.linkedin.com/in/iamnicolasemple/ (Nicola’s LinkedIn) https://www.instagram.com/iamnicolasemple/ (Nicola’s Instagram) https://nicolasemple.com/product/you-are-enough-cards/ (You Are Enough Cards) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter). To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/184 (click here).
How can you create content that your audience is guaranteed to engage with? Whether you’ve got a big content idea or want to find out more about what your audience likes, a content MVP can help. In this podcast episode, I share how you can validate your idea before creating the content – saving you time, effort, and helping you give your audience exactly what they want. Find out: Why you should avoid a “build it and they will come” content strategy What a content MVP is and how to create one How to validate your content ideas through audience feedback
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.amazon.co.uk/Lean-Startup-Innovation-Successful-Businesses/dp/0670921602 (The Lean Startup by Eric Ries) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators, and marketers and get the latest content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox every week: https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (https://www.content10x.com/newsletter)
Knowing where your audience is online, what content they like, and how they prefer to consume content are crucial to creating a winning content strategy. But where can you get these insights? Consumer behavior reports are full of useful data that can point you in the right direction. One of the most influential reports is The Infinite Dial. This is the longest-running survey of digital media consumer behavior in the U.S. and provides up-to-date research about consumers’ media habits, including digital audio and podcast consumption, social media usage, and more. In this podcast episode, I take a look at the key insights and findings from The Infinite Dial 2021 and share what they mean for content creators. I also cover the most valuable takeaways and talk about how these can help you create content designed for your audience’s preferences. Find out about: The latest insights on social media preferences of different age groups What you can do to take advantage of podcast listening’s steady and significant growth How new technologies are changing the way people consume content
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2021.pdf (The Infinite Dial 2021) Episode 134 of The Content 10x Podcast, https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-customer-journey-from-mobile-to-long-form-to-buying/ (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Get in touch with me: amy@content10x.com
How do successful content creators get where they are? And what can you learn from their journey? It’s easy to think that people who find great success through their content do so by way of either sheer luck, or blood, sweat and tears. But, if you look closely, you’ll start to see some common themes that you can apply to your own content journey. In this episode of our It Started with Content case study series, I share the six key lessons you can learn from Sarah Turner, aka The Unmumsy Mum, and her content story. Tune in to discover how Sarah went from blogging novice (with zero followers) to topping the Sunday Times bestseller list twice! Find out about: How Sarah Turner turned a blog into bestselling books...and how it changed her life Why knowing where to find your audience is just as important as creating great content The six key takeaways from The Unmumsy Mum’s success story
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.theunmumsymum.co.uk/ (The Unmumsy Mum blog) https://twitter.com/TheUnmumsyMum (The Unmumsy Mum’s Twitter) https://www.facebook.com/theunmumsymum (The Unmumsy Mum’s Facebook) https://www.amazon.co.uk/The-Unmumsy-Mum/e/B06XRB22TG/ref=dp_byline_cont_pop_book_1 (The Unmumsy Mum’s Sunday Times bestselling books) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Join hundreds of business owners, content creators and marketers and get content repurposing tips and advice delivered straight to your inbox once a week? https://www.content10x.com/newsletter (Click here).
How realistic are your expectations when it comes to your content? You might dream about your content making you a leader in your industry…with thousands of loyal followers hanging on your every word…and a booming business to boot! While it’s good to be ambitious, you’re never going to get to this stage without putting in A LOT of hard work and solid investment. I often see people underinvesting in their content but not changing their big expectations. Content is powerful, but it won’t get you to that gold-star-status on its own. In this episode, I share the right way to invest in your content strategy to get you on track to achieving your goals. Find out about: How you should approach investing in content Why underinvesting is a trap! How to be realistic with your content goals and expectations
Important Links & Mentions: My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Our end-to-end content repurposing services: http://www.content10x.com/services (www.content10x.com/services)
Does your content attract people or repel them? I’ll tell you a secret – it should do both! Content certainly provides a way for others to get to know, like and trust you. But it can also help people decide that they don’t like you. And this is OK. In fact, it’s a good thing. In this episode, I explore how content is a powerful tool for weeding out people whose personalities clash with your own and ensuring that you only work with the people you like – saving you time, effort, and all that negative energy! Find out about: The business and personal impact of working with clients and colleagues you truly like How to work with more clients that get you and how to repel those that don’t How your content can attract the right people to join your team
Important Links & Mentions: The Content 10x website: http://www.content10x.com/ (www.content10x.com) Follow me on https://linktr.ee/content10x (social media) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Picture this...you’ve created some great long-form content, repurposed it into bite-size content, and shared it on social media… now what? That doesn’t have to be the end of your content’s journey. In fact, if your content performs well, it should be just the start! In this episode, I’m sharing why you should revisit your best-performing pieces of content and how you can store them for unlimited repurposing. I call this creating a "content treasure trove." This is your curated library of your best-of-the-best, gold-standard content that you know is going to make a big impact on your audience. Listen to this episode to find out about: What a content treasure trove is and why you need one How to repurpose and reuse your best performing content 5 ways to find out what your highest performing content is
Important Links & Mentions: Episode 134: https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-customer-journey-from-mobile-to-long-form-to-buying/ (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying) Episode 133: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-videos-for-social-media/ (How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media) Free download: https://www.content10x.com/repurposevideo/ (Everything You Need to Know About Repurposing Horizontal Videos For Social Media) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) To read the blog post visit: https://www.content10x.com/178 (https://www.content10x.com/178)
Can blogging still make a big impact in 2021…? Some are throwing out the more traditional content marketing strategy of blogging in favor of creating visual, video, or audio content…could this approach be completely wrong? In this "It Started With Content" case study episode, I share 3 compelling stories of people whose wildly successful businesses all started with one content type – a blog. Listen in to discover the incredible blogging turned business success stories of Brian Clark, Founder of Copyblogger, Nathan Barry, Founder of ConvertKit, and Martin Lewis, Founder of MoneySavingExpert.com. Find out about: Why Brian Clark chose to focus on building an audience before his business What one goal inspired Nathan Barry to start blogging How Martin Lewis became one of the most trusted journalists in the UK
Important Links & Mentions: https://copyblogger.com/ (Copyblogger) https://convertkit.com/ (ConvertKit) https://www.moneysavingexpert.com/ (Money Saving Expert) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
What type of content gets the best repurposing ROI? One type of content sits at the very top of the content pyramid. It gives you the most repurposing opportunities of all, can keep you accountable, and can build a rapport with your audience like no other…livestream video. But don’t take my word for it! TechSmith, one of our incredible clients at Content 10x, has seen firsthand how powerful repurposing livestream video can be. Their weekly show, The Visual Lounge, is a perfect example of just how much content can come from one livestream video…and the impact it can have on growing your audience. Matt Pierce, TechSmith’s Learning and Video Ambassador and host of The Visual Lounge, joins me on this episode to share his top tips on how to start creating videos and why help content can establish you as a thought leader. Find out about: How creating great videos help you get known in your industry What 3 things you need to start making videos Why livestream video is the best content for repurposing
Important Links & Mentions: https://twitter.com/piercemr (Matt’s Twitter) https://www.linkedin.com/in/matthewrpierce/ (Matt’s LinkedIn) https://academy.techsmith.com/ (TechSmith Academy) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/176 (click here).
How can a thought leadership content strategy help you stand out from your competition? In this connected world that we live in, there’s one way to make sure people pay attention to you – creating content. If you want to be seen as an authority and a trusted industry leader, thought leadership content can help you achieve this. It takes guts to put yourself out there, so you might want to know if a strategy like this is really worth it…well, I’m here to tell you it definitely is! In this episode, I share the big benefits of creating thought leadership content and establishing a strong personal brand. Find out: Why a thought leadership content strategy is a winning approach How this strategy can oust your competitors What content you should create and how often you should share it to be recognized as a thought leader
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-captivating-video-content-with-mike-ganino/ (How to Create Captivating Video Content with Mike Ganino) https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/ (7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) http://content10x.com/services (Our services)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/175 (click here).
Are there any repurposing opportunities on Clubhouse? This is a question I’ve been asked a lot recently. Clubhouse has taken off in 2021 with people desperate to get an invite into the exclusive (for now) audio-only platform. It presents some really unique content opportunities, but many don’t yet understand how to make the most of them. In this episode, I share my thoughts on how to connect Clubhouse to your content marketing strategy. I discuss the potential for repurposing your Clubhouse content and why it’s the perfect space for thought leaders. If you haven’t heard of Clubhouse yet, don’t worry, this episode will fill you in. And if you have no desire to get on the app, I still encourage you to give this episode a listen…I don’t think Clubhouse is going anywhere any time soon. Find out: What content repurposing opportunities there are on Clubhouse Why the audio-only platform won’t replace podcasting Creative ways to repurpose your core content onto Clubhouse and vice versa
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.joinclubhouse.com/ (Clubhouse) https://www.content10x.com/7-reasons-why-you-should-create-episodic-content/ (7 Reasons Why You Should Create Episodic Content) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
How can you give your content another chance at success? You can’t predict what might happen when you first publish your content. It could bomb (sometimes that’s just how it goes) or it could launch you to viral fame…or anything in between. Repurposing is a fantastic way to give your less successful content another chance. Sometimes all it takes is a fresh pair of eyes…or ears. In this episode, part of our new "It Started With Content" series, I reveal how Jamie Morton repurposed his dad’s unknown ebook into one of the biggest podcasts in the world, "My Dad Wrote A Porno." Find out about: How three friends repurposed an unknown ebook into a podcast phenomenon Why your original piece of content might not be its most successful iteration How creativity and open-mindedness can help your content reach its full potential
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.mydadwroteaporno.com/ (My Dad Wrote A Porno) Episode 37: https://www.content10x.com/my-dad-wrote-repurposed/ (My Dad Wrote… Something That I Repurposed The Hell Out Of!) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/173 (click here).
What’s more crucial to a winning content strategy – quantity or quality? Now, it’s obvious that good-quality content is a must for any creator, but I’m not alone in believing that consistency really is also really key to building your audience and growing your business. James Schramko believes that consistency is a key factor to his business success. His consistent content approach has generated nearly 4 million podcast downloads, 9,000 blog subscribers, and millions of dollars of sales for his various businesses. James is the Founder of SuperFastBusiness, an online business coaching program. He’s also a podcaster, trainer and the author of Work Less, Make More. I invited him to join me on this episode to talk about the power of consistency, and how his winning content strategy has led him to business success. Find out: How consistently creating content can help grow your business How to systematize your content approach Why distribution and repurposing are key to James’ winning content strategy
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.james.co/ (James’ website) https://www.superfastbusiness.com/list-all/ (SuperFastBusiness podcast) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/172 (click here.)
How could an episodic content strategy benefit your business? If you have a consistent, driven approach to creating content, then you’re likely seeing results build steadily over time – go you! But if you have no strategy at all, or if your approach is to create content when you’re inspired, then it’s a bit like throwing your content against the wall and hoping it sticks… The three keys to a successful content strategy are: consistency, quality and distribution. Hit these three on the head and your content strategy will grow your business. In this podcast episode I share why episodic content is the sweet spot between these three main pillars and what benefits it could bring to your business. Find out: What episodic is Why episodic content wins over “random acts of content” The 7 benefits of creating your content in an episodic form
Important Links & Mentions: Episode 134: https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-customer-journey-from-mobile-to-long-form-to-buying/ (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying) https://www.content10x.com/171 (Examples of episodic content) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) https://www.content10x.com/services/ (The Content 10x services)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/171 (click here).
How could your podcast reach more people? If you’re a podcaster, video creator, or any kind of content creator, you want your message to reach as much of your ideal audience as possible. By limiting the platforms that you post on, are you unintentionally limiting your content’s reach? I’m seeing more and more people repurposing their podcasts onto one of the biggest media platforms (if not THE biggest!) in the world, YouTube. This is a fantastic podcast repurposing strategy that I’ve been using for The Content 10x Podcast, and our clients, for over three years now. In this episode, I’m teaching you how to repurpose a podcast to YouTube so that your content can go further. Find out about: Why you should consider repurposing your podcast to YouTube How a video podcast can help you embrace audio and video formats My 6 dos and don’ts for repurposing a video podcast
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.content10x.com/blog (The Content 10x blog) https://www.content10x.com/services (Our repurposing services) http://content10x.com/36 (Epic podcast repurposing) https://www.content10x.com/3 (5 Ways To Repurpose Your Podcast Into Video) https://www.content10x.com/137 (How to Segment Your Content) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/170 (click here).
What’s the secret to Joe Wicks’ success? Hard work, dedication, passion, purpose and creating good content consistently. Reportedly the highest paid person in the fitness industry, Joe Wicks started right where most businesses and brands do – with no followers, very little work, and scrambling around to get clients. But ten years later, he’s a household name, author, podcaster, CEO of a hugely successful business, and has a personal wealth reported to be over $20m. What role did content play in his journey? Listen to the episode to hear: How content helped Joe Wicks become the highest paid person in the fitness industry The importance of consistency when it comes to content, and how it played a key role in the success of The Body Coach brand Why Joe Wicks chose social media and YouTube to pursue his passion and purpose
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.thebodycoach.com/ (Joe Wicks) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
It Started with Content is my new content marketing case study series on The Content 10x Podcast. I take an in-depth look at how businesses and brands achieved wonderful things by utilizing the power of content. Stay tuned for monthly episodes or search #ItStartedwithContent to find more inspiring content marketing stories. To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/169 (click here).
How can creating content build a personal brand? If one of your 2021 goals is to grow your business, one thing you might be considering is to focus more on your personal brand. A strong personal brand can position you as a thought leader in your industry. But how can content attract the right people to your business, and crucially, get them to become customers? Chris Ducker is no stranger to building businesses and brands. In fact, he’s grown many throughout his career! He is the founder of Youpreneur.com, an entrepreneurial mastermind community that helps experts become the go-to leader in their industry. He’s also a bestselling author, keynote speaker, and a business mentor, and has been featured in Forbes, The Huffington Post, Entrepreneur, Inc., Success, and other key media outlets. Chris joins me in this episode as we dive deep into what it means to build a personal brand in today’s world. Chris shares his words of wisdom for establishing your personal brand (even if you’re starting from nothing) and reveals where he’s focusing his content efforts in 2021. Listen to find out about: Why building a personal brand is a requirement for entrepreneurs in 2021 Why Chris takes a “zero-fluff” content approach How to convert personal brand success into business growth
Important Links & Mentions: https://chrisducker.com/ (Chris Ducker’s website) https://youpreneur.com/ (Youpreneur) https://youpreneur.com/incubator/ (Youpreneur Incubator Mastermind) https://www.instagram.com/chrisducker (Chris Ducker on Instagram) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/168 (click here).
How will content marketing change in 2021? A lot of unexpected things happened in 2020…and they impacted content marketing significantly. We saw an overwhelming number of livestreams, TikTok takeover, and more businesses began connecting with their customers through social media than ever before. But how are these changes and trends going to affect content marketing in 2021? Listen to this episode to hear my 7 content marketing predictions, including: Why content FOMO will rule over social FOMO How consistency can be more important than authenticity when creating content Why more businesses will invest in social media and micro/niche influencer marketing
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.content10x.com/ (www.Content10x.com) How to Use Influencer Marketing Effectively with Neil Shaffer: http://www.content10x.com/150 (www.content10x.com/150) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/167 (click here).
How many content repurposing tips can you learn from TV talk shows? If you’re a long-time Content 10x Podcast listener, you’ll know that the answer is… A LOT! TV talk shows have given me a lot of repurposing inspiration and they’re a really fun topic to talk about. Most people have a favorite show, favorite host, or even a favorite segment that they just have to watch as soon as it’s on YouTube (even if they don’t watch the show itself). In this ‘best bits’ episode I revisit three of my most popular podcast episodes talking about TV talk shows and share the top repurposing tips from each. Find out: How talk show hosts like James Cordon, Jimmy Kimmel and Jimmy Fallon inspired my content repurposing in 2020 When segmenting your content can result in more effective, easier repurposing How companion content keeps your audience engaged
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-core-content-into-companion-content/ (Repurposing Your Core Content Into Companion Content) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-segment-your-content-for-ultimate-repurposing-with-lessons-from-tv-talk-shows/ (How to Segment Your Content for Ultimate Repurposing (with Lessons From TV Talk Shows)) https://www.content10x.com/ask-curate-create-a-genius-way-to-maximize-content/ (Ask, Curate & Create: A Genius Way to Maximize Content) http://content10x.com/podcast (The Content 10x Podcast library) https://www.content10x.com/book (My book: Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/166 (click here).
How has your content repurposing strategy changed in the last 12 months? This year I’ve had some incredible guests on my podcast and between us we’ve shared our thoughts, tips, and advice on repurposing every type of content for all kinds of platforms! I’m rounding up some of the absolute best content repurposing tips and advice from four incredible podcast guests in this episode. Believe me, it was very hard to narrow it down to just four! Join me as I revisit some of this year’s golden repurposing moments on The Content 10x Podcast, including insights from my expert guests Mark Wright, Melanie Deziel, Mitch Jackson and Phil M. Jones. Find out: The top content repurposing tips from the podcast this year How creating content can level up your business with Mark Wright How to generate unlimited content ideas with Melanie Deziel Why any industry can benefit from creating content Mitch Jackson What drives Phil M. Jones’ content repurposing strategy
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.content10x.com/138 (Why Content is the Best Tool for Business Growth with Mark Wright) http://www.content10x.com/153 (How the Generate Unlimited Story Ideas with Melanie Deziel) http://www.content10x.com/144 (How Professionals Can Create Great Content for Social Media with Mitch Jackson) http://www.content10x.com/132 (Exactly What to Say with Phil M. Jones) http://content10x.com/podcast (The Content 10x Podcast library) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
https://www.content10x.com/165 (To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here.)
In this “best of” Content 10x podcast episode, I revisit some of my favorite podcast episodes from 2020, talking all about video repurposing. I’ve loved creating, sharing, and repurposing videos this year. It’s been a great way to engage with my audience and provide podcast-quality content on a new platform! I’ve been fortunate to have some fantastic guests on the show who are passionate about creating video content. It was easy to find fantastic tips to reshare with you in this episode. Listen in as I revisit the best bits from interviews with Amy Landino and Mike Ganino, and share a little bit of my own advice too. Find out about: Why you should embrace getting in front of the camera How to repurpose videos to social media Where your repurposed video content will perform best How to share your story via video
Important Links & Mentions: http://www.content10x.com/129 (How to Promote and Repurpose YouTube Videos on Social Media with Amy Landino) https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCR9gMSj0UUxGvgfpNhhF3Jw (Amy’s YouTube channel) http://www.content10x.com/159 (How to Create Captivating Video Content with Mike Ganino) Mike’s http://www.mikeganino.com/ (website) http://www.content10x.com/133 (How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/164 (click here).
For this special “best of” episode of the Content 10x podcast, we revisit some of the LinkedIn podcasts episodes we recorded in 2020. LinkedIn has been a real focus for us in 2020, so it wasn’t hard to find lots of golden nuggets to share with you again...in fact the hardest part was deciding what to share from a list of so many. As well as sharing my tips and advice on LinkedIn, I also share the best bits from interviews with three incredible guests - Mark Williams, Louise Brogan podcaster and AJ Wilcox. Listen in to find out: Why now is the perfect time to embrace LinkedIn video How to find guests for LinkedIn videos to build authority Tips on creating a winning LinkedIn profile with Louise Brogan Which content to share on LinkedIn and why with Mark Williams What kind of ads work best on LinkedIn with AJ Wilcox
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/why-now-is-the-perfect-time-to-embrace-linkedin-video/ (Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video) https://www.content10x.com/how-video-interviews-on-linkedin-can-build-authority-and-connections/ (How Video Interviews on LinkedIn Can Build Authority & Connections) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-a-great-linkedin-profile-with-louise-brogan/ (How to Create a Great LinkedIn Profile with Louise Brogan) https://www.linkedin.com/help/linkedin/answer/100224/applying-for-live-video-broadcasting?lang=en (How to apply for LinkedIn Live) https://www.linkedin.com/in/louisebrogan/ (Louise’s LinkedIn) – of course! https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-winning-content-on-linkedin-with-mark-williams/ (How to Create Winning Content on LinkedIn with Mark Williams) https://www.linkedin.com/in/mrlinkedin/ (Mark's LinkedIn ) https://linkedinformed.com/ (LinkedInformed) (Mark’s podcast) https://www.content10x.com/what-everyone-needs-to-know-about-linkedin-ads-with-aj-wilcox/ (What Everyone Needs to Know About LinkedIn Ads with AJ Wilcox) https://b2linked.com/podcast/ (The LinkedIn Ads Show) (AJ’s podcast) https://b2linked.com/ (B2Linked) (AJ’s agency) https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilcoxaj/ (AJ’s LinkedIn) https://www.content10x.com/videoguide/ (Content 10x’s Video Guide to LinkedIn) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/163 (click here). Want to learn more about maximizing your content for LinkedIn? Find out how to become the leading authority in your industry with effective content repurposing with our https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x/ (LinkedIn 10x service).
How invested are you in your content strategy…really? Do you consistently create and publish content? Or do you find other parts of your business need your attention? Maybe you’re a bit unsure about the quality of your content so you find it hard to create content, let alone hit the publish button! Unfortunately, growing your business with content doesn’t happen overnight. It requires a lot of consistent hard work. So, if you’re serious about your content strategy, there’s no ifs, ands, or buts about it – you have to invest in it. One content creator who takes his strategy seriously is Tamer Shahin. Tamer is a client of ours at Content 10x. He’s the Founder of CEO Entrepreneur and a first-time YouTube video creator. He realized early on that to successfully grow his business using video content, he’d need to either put in a lot of time and effort in himself or hire experts to help him. For Tamer, the solution was simple. Outsource to the experts. In this fascinating interview, I speak to Tamer about how outsourcing parts of his video creation process means he’s free to be a better CEO. And we discuss why investing in content repurposing (with Content 10x) is helping his content go the extra mile. Tamer also shares some fantastic insights into how his optimized content creation process maximizes his outreach and why investing in a long-term content strategy is worth it. Find out: How a winning content strategy is all about mindset – from investing and outsourcing appropriately to overcoming imposter syndrome Why video is such a powerful form of content, especially when establishing a personal brand How to plan, execute, optimize and repurpose video content
Important Links & Mentions Tamer’s https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCw45kL2SSXWaW7Al410f_1Q (YouTube channel) https://ceoentrepreneur.com/ (CEO Entrepreneur) The https://ceoentrepreneur.com/quiz/ (CEO Entrepreneur Quiz) https://www.content10x.com/services/ (Content 10x repurposing services) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Creating super shareable, engaging content is a fantastic way to get your brand seen by lots of new people very quickly. There’s one type of content that does this perfectly and has taken social media by viral storm… That’s right – memes. Now, I know you’re thinking, “memes don’t suit my brand’s voice!” and I totally get it! I was apprehensive at first too, but then I realized that there are so many big brands that are making memes work for them. Disney, Netflix, and Denny’s have all used memes to stand out in their industries. Plus, their audience LOVE them. You don’t have to be a big brand and you don’t have to aim for viral posts that reach millions (it’s about the right audience, not volume). I think that memes present a fantastic way to connect with your existing audience. They have great potential to grow your following, and you can even use them to repurpose your content! In this episode, I explain how to create and share memes that your audience will really enjoy and the dos and don’ts to ensure that your memes enhance your brand’s visibility – not harm it. Listen in to find out: How memes can help you stand out in your industry Why memes are so shareable and why you should include them in your content strategy 8 dos and don’ts for creating and sharing appropriate memes for your brand
Important Links & Mentions http://meme-creator.com/templates/hot (Meme-Creator) http://imgur.com/memegen (Imgur) http://imgflip.com/memegenerator (imgflip) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Pv-fWUT2FqI&ab_channel=Content10X (How To Repurpose Content Using GIFs with Andrew & Pete) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
Need some meme-spiration? To see lots of meme examples, including the memes I referenced in this podcast episode, (and some of my very own!) check out the blog post: http://www.content10x.com/161 (www.content10x.com/161)
How can carousel posts maximize your engagement on LinkedIn? You might have noticed that social media posts with photos and videos get more engagement. In fact, studies have shown that, on average, Facebook posts with images see 2.3x more engagement, and Tweets with images receive 150% more retweets! More and more people on LinkedIn are sharing posts with images and videos to increase their engagement. And many are finding success with LinkedIn’s carousel feature. In this episode of The Content 10x Podcast, I share how you can use LinkedIn carousels to create interactive posts, increase your engagement, and creatively repurpose your content. Listen to find out: What LinkedIn carousel posts are and how to create and share them Five top tips to ensure your carousel posts achieve maximum engagement How to repurpose content into a LinkedIn carousel
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/4-ways-to-repurpose-content-into-an-instagram-carousel/ (4 Ways to Repurpose Content into an Instagram Carousel) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-create-winning-content-on-linkedin-with-mark-williams/ (How to Create Winning Content on LinkedIn with Mark Williams) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/160 (click here).
What’s holding you back from creating video content? Are you nervous about being in front of the camera? Or worried that you don’t have anything to say? Video content is the best type of content for establishing an immediate connection with your audience. It builds trust better than any other content type, and it’s fantastic for repurposing too. But there’s no doubt that it’s an intimidating medium… with obstacles like the tech set-up, working out how to convey your message, and being comfortable on camera… I invited storytelling and communication expert Mike Ganino onto episode 159 of The Content 10x Podcast to get his advice for overcoming these challenges and find out how to start creating captivating video content. Listen to the episode in full to discover how to find your stories, prepare your videos, and connect with your audience on camera. Find out: Why video is the best content for connecting with your audience Mike Ganino’s top tips for getting started with video content – the planning, prep, and delivery How you can really captivate your audience on camera The importance of authenticity in video
Important Links & Mentions Mike’s http://www.mikeganino.com/ (website) Mike’s http://www.mikeganino.com/virtualkit (Virtual Presentation Kit) Connect with Mike on Instagram @https://www.instagram.com/mikeganino/ (mikeganino) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/159 (click here). If you enjoyed this podcast episode, please subscribe for more interviews with industry leaders and consider leaving a review. Reviews really help support the podcast and I really appreciate every single one!
Do you create content to grow your business or to grow your competitors' businesses? It might sound outrageous… but if you don’t create a content strategy to help your audience convert with your business, you might be sending potential customers straight into the arms of your competitors. Your content might be great at raising awareness, but it might not be so good at getting those potential customers to convert. If your competitors have a better, clearer content strategy, then your audience will take action…. just not with you! Your content should help people become your clients, not help them become someone else’s. A good content strategy prevents your leads from going elsewhere. In this podcast episode, I explain how to create a content strategy that builds your business by helping your audience become your clients. Find out about: Why your content strategy could be benefitting your competitors' businesses How to set your business up to achieve an ROI on your content The five steps to creating content that helps your customers convert
Important Links & Mentions: Episode 151, https://www.content10x.com/is-there-a-best-type-of-content-to-repurpose/ (Is There a ‘Best’ Type of Content to Repurpose?) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/158 (click here).
How do you overcome obstacles when you embark on big content projects? Undertaking a big content project (like repurposing content into a book) is an exciting challenge. It feels exhilarating at the start but when things start to go wrong, it can be difficult not to lose sight of your goal. After celebrating the first anniversary of my book’s publication, I started thinking about what a journey writing my book was. It had more ups and downs than a roller coaster! From tech disasters to freelancer sabotage… it sometimes felt like the book might never get published. This week’s podcast episode is the story of the most challenging moments of this epic content project. Listen in to discover how I overcame them. Find out about: Reflections on publishing the Content10x book and the dedication a big content project takes How to overcome obstacles to achieve your content goals Four book publishing lessons I learned the hard way
Important Links & Mentions https://youpreneur.com/ (Chris Ducker, Youpreneur) Listen to the first chapter of the audiobook: https://www.content10x.com/113 (The Content 10x Audiobook is Here: How to Repurpose an Audiobook into a Podcast Episode) https://www.content10x.com/content-10x-the-book-an-update-and-how-to-repurpose-content-into-a-book/ (Content 10x The Book – An Update and How to Repurpose Content into a Book) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
It’s the third anniversary episode of the Content 10x podcast! I can’t believe I’ve been publishing an episode of the podcast every week for the last three years! It’s been such an incredible journey, and I am still amazed at how many doors the podcast has opened for me and continues to open for my business… Big thank you to everyone who listens in, I really appreciate you! On this anniversary, I'm sharing exactly how the Content 10x podcast has helped me accomplish so much. From the benefits of launching a podcast to becoming a published author, international speaker, recognized thought leader, and Founder of the number one content repurposing service! I talk about the vital role that content has played in all of it. I don't think I would be where I am today without the dedication my team and I give to content creation and repurposing! Listen to this episode to hear how it's possible to use a podcast to grow an internationally recognized business and personal brand, and build a successful creative agency serving clients worldwide. Find out about: Reflections on the last three years of the Content 10x podcast and how it’s opened up many opportunities Three top tips for anyone who wants to become an authority in their industry How consistent content and repurposing helped me achieve my business goals
Important Links & Mentions: https://youpreneur.com/ (Chris Ducker, Youpreneur) https://www.janetmurray.co.uk/ (Janet Murray) https://www.content10x.com/creative-content-repurposing-slides-to-a-comic-book/ (Repurposing Speaker Slides to a Comic Book) https://www.content10x.com/content-10x-the-book-an-update-and-how-to-repurpose-content-into-a-book/ (How to Repurpose Content into a Book) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/156 (click here).
Do you want your content to attract as many people as possible to want to work with you? You may be thinking, “yes, that sounds perfect!” But your answer should be, “no.” Why? Because you don’t want to attract every Tom, Dick, and Harry off the street! You only want to attract the right people who you want to work with – your ideal clients. Wouldn’t it be great if your content saved you precious time and effort in not having to deal with inquiries from people that aren't right for you? Or, even worse, working with clients that aren’t right. That's what Martin Huntbach and Lyndsay Cambridge, founders of Jammy Digital, discovered when they began producing content specifically to filter out the clients they didn't want and attract only the ones they did. This episode is packed full of advice, tips and tricks from Martin and Lyndsay to create a website and content strategy that works better for you and your business. If your website could do more for your business, this is the podcast episode you need! Find out about: How to increase your website conversion rate How to incorporate SEO into your blog posts to rank faster on Google What a “content fortress” is and why you need to build one
Important Links & Mentions https://jammydigital.com/ (Jammy Digital) https://contentfortress.com/ (Content Fortress) https://makeyourmarkonline.net/ (Make Your Mark Online) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) https://www.content10x.com/toolkit (The Content 10x toolkit)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/155 (click here).
Are you a content creator who knows that repurposing would be great for their content strategy? But you just can’t find the motivation to start? It’s a bit like exercise. You know that it’ll be good for you and that the long-term benefits are going to be invaluable, but when it comes to the crunch, you find excuses not to do it, struggle with the motivation to keep going, or even feel defeated before you’ve started. Do you know why you feel this way? And have you thought about how you can change it? In this podcast episode, I break down six common reasons why people aren’t repurposing their content and talk about how you can approach these challenges with confidence and motivation. Listen to the episode to learn: What stops people from content repurposing and the reasons why How to motivate yourself to realize your existing content’s potential Why changing your mindset about investing in content could be a game-changer for you and your business
Important Links & Mentions: Discover how to http://content10x.com/119 (build better content repurposing habits) Find out why it’s necessary to view http://content10x.com/investment (creativity as an investment) Learn how to transform your business with http://content10x.com/playbig (this simple mindset change) https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/ (Get the Content 10x Toolkit) Check out how Content 10x could help aid your repurposing efforts on the https://www.content10x.com/ (Content 10x website)
Follow me on https://www.instagram.com/content10x/ (Instagram), https://twitter.com/content10x (Twitter), or https://www.facebook.com/content10x (Facebook), and https://www.linkedin.com/in/amywoods2/ (connect with me on LinkedIn) To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/154 (click here).
When it comes to content creation nothing beats coming up with an exciting idea. But sometimes they’re few and far between, so what happens when those brilliant ideas are nowhere to be found? Every content marketer or business owner has suffered brainstorm fatigue at one time or another, but when you’ve got a looming deadline or a content-hungry audience, you might be under pressure to generate lots of good ideas, fast. Thankfully, Melanie Deziel knows how to help. Melanie is an idea generation machine. An expert in finding the best stories and how to tell them, she is the Founder and Chief Content Officer of StoryFuel, and the author of The Content Fuel Framework: How to Generate Unlimited Story Ideas. Her framework is a methodical guide to developing fresh content and multiplying the success of your already published content. I felt so inspired after our chat, I couldn’t wait to start putting her advice into practice! Listen to the episode to learn: What a content focus is, and why it’s important How to choose the best content for your audience…there are so many options! Melanie’s secret weapon for idea generation
Important Links & Mentions Get Melanie’s book: https://www.amazon.co.uk/Content-Fuel-Framework-Unlimited-Marketers/dp/1734329009 (The Content Fuel Framework) Follow her on https://www.linkedin.com/in/melaniedeziel/ (LinkedIn) Visit her website: https://www.storyfuel.co/ (StoryFuel) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Find Melanie on https://twitter.com/mdeziel (Twitter)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/153 (click here).
It’s time for some content repurposing myth-busting: repurposing content does not mean repeating content. It’s a common misconception that content repurposing is an exercise in copying, pasting, and hitting publish. But that’s not effective repurposing and it can do you more harm than good. Repurposing content in fresh, exciting ways can be a challenge but if you invest time in doing it correctly, each piece can sound new and original, even while sticking to your core message. And I’ve got some tricks that can help. In this episode of the podcast, I share the techniques I’ve learned to repurpose content to its full potential and to avoid just sounding like you’re repeating yourself. Find out about: 6 ways to avoid sounding repetitive with your repurposing How to get more out of your messages What you can do to involve your audience Why finding a new angle is key to successful repurposing
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/4-content-repurposing-projects-to-embark-upon-right-now/ (4 Content Repurposing Projects to Embark Upon Right Now) https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/ (The Content 10x Toolkit for repurposing your video or podcast) My book: https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, click https://content10x.com/152 (here).
“What is the one best type of content to repurpose?” I get asked that a lot whenever I do Q&As or podcast interviews, or just generally when I enter into a discussion about content repurposing. The truth is, every type of content has its merits and there are so many ways to repurpose. Plus, like many things in life, what is “best” for one person/business is not necessarily “best” for someone else. There isn’t a “best” type of content for repurposing – repurposing can be very effective regardless of the type of content you’re working with…it’s more about your strategy and approach. Nonetheless, I do still have an answer to the question too! In this week's episode of The Content 10x Podcast find out about: What I believe the best type of content is for repurposing The four things I think matter more than the type of content you repurpose How to decide what the best type of content is for you and your audience
Important Links & Mentions: My book: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) Our https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x (LinkedIn 10x service)
To read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/151 (click here.)
I talk about so many things related to content marketing in this podcast, I can’t quite believe I have never recorded an episode that focuses on influencer marketing… I think that has something to do with the associations many of us have with the word ‘influencer’. The thing is, influencer marketing gets a bad rap, and there are few people who understand this world better than Neal Schaffer. Neal is one of the most respected figures in social media marketing and the author of the brilliant book, The Age of Influence. Neal joined me in this episode of the podcast to explain what so many people get wrong about influencers, how businesses of all shapes and sizes can develop a better influencer strategy, and to share some insights from his amazing book, The Age of Influence. Find out about: How influencer marketing gained an unfair reputation How influencer marketing can work in B2B (as well as more traditional B2C) Why companies that get influencer marketing right are beating social media algorithms
Important Links & Mentions https://nealschaffer.com/ (Neal’s website) Neal’s amazing book, https://nealschaffer.com/ageofinfluence (The Age of Influence) https://twitter.com/nealschaffer (Neal's Twitter) https://linkedin.com/in/nealschaffer (Neal's LinkedIn) https://instagram.com/nealschaffer (Neal's Instagram) https://www.facebook.com/NealSchafferPage/ (Neal's Facebook) https://www.pinterest.co.uk/nealschaffer/ (Neal's Pinterest)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://content10x.com/150 (click here)
Your favorite TV talk shows have mastered curating, segmenting, and repurposing their content. Whether it’s Jimmy Fallon’s hashtag challenges or Jimmy Kimmel’s Mean Tweets, these household names have mastered the process of involving their audience in their content creation. You might not get the millions of views and worldwide trending status that these two get (although you never know!), but that doesn’t mean it’s a waste of time. In fact, if you can take some lessons from the two Jimmys and how they use audience participation to curate some amazing content, you might see some of the best results yet from your content. Find out about: How Jimmy Fallon and Jimmy Kimmel can be great sources of content inspiration Why asking and curating responses from your audience is good for you and for them Some ideas to try if you want to start curating content from your audience
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/how-to-segment-your-content-for-ultimate-repurposing-with-lessons-from-tv-talk-shows/ (How to Segment Your Content for Ultimate Repurposing (with Lessons From TV Talk Shows)) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=imW392e6XR0 (Jimmy Kimmel's most popular Mean Tweets video on YouTube) https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xhQlZZY7YjA&feature=youtu.be (An example of Jimmy Fallon's hashtag segments)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here
LinkedIn might have once been an online CV and recruiting platform, but it’s changed completely since its first few years. Not many LinkedIn experts have been around since those early days, but Mr LinkedIn himself – Mark Williams – has. Few people know LinkedIn as well as Mark, who has been working as a LinkedIn trainer for well over a decade. When Mark agreed to join me on The Content 10x Podcast, I was over the moon! The opportunity to talk all things content with one of the premier LinkedIn experts in the world had the potential to provide so much value to this show’s listeners… And he more than fulfilled that potential! Find out about: Answering some of the most common questions about LinkedIn content – from hashtags to company pages Why text posts should be your focus if you can only choose one format What Mark believes is the one mistake most people make on LinkedIn
Important Links & Mentions https://www.linkedin.com/in/mrlinkedin/ (Mark's LinkedIn page) https://linkedinformed.com/ (LinkedInformed), Mark’s podcast https://www.linkedinsights.com/ (Andy Foote’s website), where you can find the 100 Hot Hashtags
To watch the video, or read the blog post, click here
Paid traffic is a great investment if you’re looking to build awareness, reach new people, and make some sales… but people often make a critical mistake when they start to invest in paid traffic. Without a coordinated investment in content, you risk not making an impact on the vast majority of people your ad is served to. We’re not machines – we do our due diligence and need social proof before we do anything an ad tells us to. So, in this episode of the podcast, I’m exploring why people so often get the balance wrong when investing in their paid traffic and content, why it’s important to get it right, and share ways you can correct this classic mistake! Find out about: What I mean by “paid traffic” (its benefits and its limits) Why businesses risk wasting their money if they take the wrong approach with paid traffic How investing in content at the same time as paid traffic can deliver better results
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x (LinkedIn 10x) https://www.content10x.com/146 (What Everyone Needs to Know About LinkedIn Ads with AJ Wilcox)
To watch the video, or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/the-problem-with-investing-in-paid-traffic/ (click here).
Advertising on LinkedIn can put you in front of the people you want to reach, spread your message, and deliver a fantastic ROI. But if you’ve never run LinkedIn ads before, it might feel daunting to work out how you can get started, what you’re supposed to do, and what pitfalls to avoid. AJ Wilcox is here to clear up any and all uncertainties – and he’s got the credentials to prove it. AJ is the founder of B2Linked, was listed as one of The Top 25 Most Influential PPC Experts, and is a LinkedIn Certified Marketing Partner. Clearly, he knows what he’s talking about! Listen to AJ’s interview in this episode of the podcast and find out about: What the four main types of LinkedIn ads are How to use LinkedIn ads effectively – and understanding the particularities of each format The one thing AJ thinks everyone starting with LinkedIn ads should know
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/videoguide (The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn) https://b2linked.com/podcast/ (The LinkedIn Ads Show) (AJ’s podcast) https://b2linked.com/ (B2Linked) (AJ’s agency) https://www.linkedin.com/in/wilcoxaj/ (AJ’s LinkedIn) (make sure you mention this episode in your connection request, otherwise AJ may not accept your invitation to connect)
Find out more information and read the blog post on this topic, https://www.content10x.com/what-everyone-needs-to-know-about-linkedin-ads-with-aj-wilcox/ (here).
Social media has so many positives. But one thing that’s true across almost every platform is that the content we work hard to create doesn’t last very long. That’s why content repurposing is so important – because it gives the content you create a longer shelf life – but there are other ways you can showcase your highlights and best moments using features on the platforms themselves. Every platform is different, but they all have features you can use to highlight content you’ve created and add value to your profile. In this episode of the podcast, I break down how four of the major social platforms let you highlight your content. I also share lots of ideas to inspire you if you’re not sure what to start with. Find out about: Where social media can fall short when it comes to sharing content Why making use of platform features can give you more control over your followers’ experience How you can create highlights on LinkedIn, Instagram, Facebook, and Twitter
Important Links & Mentions: https://content10x.com/videoguide (The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn) https://www.content10x.com/the-best-way-to-repurpose-content-on-twitter-with-dan-knowlton/ (The Best Way to Repurpose Content on Twitter with Dan Knowlton) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-grow-your-business-on-instagram-with-sue-b-zimmerman/ (How to Grow Your Business on Instagram with Sue B. Zimmerman) https://www.content10x.com/why-now-is-the-perfect-time-to-embrace-linkedin-video/ (Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video) https://www.content10x.com/reasons-to-not-give-up-on-facebook-with-gavin-bell/ (Reasons to Not Give Up on Facebook with Gavin Bell) To read the blog post and to explore other episodes go to content10x.com/145
Social media isn’t for everyone, is it? I mean, a trial lawyer can’t create content that people would be interested in or build a huge following, surely… Mitch Jackson is here to prove otherwise! Mitch is famously known as ‘The Livestreaming Lawyer’ and has been at the forefront of social media, tech, and marketing for over 30 years. He’s been awarded multiple titles to do with both his legal practice and social media presence, and he is on a mission to help every professional realize the power of social media! If you’ve ever thought social media is great, “but not for me”, then you absolutely have to listen to this episode. And if you are creating content already, Mitch shares advice that even the most experienced content creators will find useful. This is an unmissable episode of The Content 10x Podcast! Find out about: Why every professional can and should get started on social media Mitch’s advice for building an audience, creating great content, and communicating effectively Why being yourself, trusting your instinct, and showing your human side are universally effective
Important Links & Mentions https://streaming.lawyer/ (Mitch's website) https://www.goodreads.com/quotes/1962-you-can-make-more-friends-in-two-months-by-becoming (Dale Carnegie quote about ‘being interest’) https://thegogiver.com/ (Bob Burg’s ‘Go-Giver’ series) https://www.carminegallo.com/books/talk-like-ted/ (Carmine Gallo’s ‘Talk Like TED’)
Sharing your story in your content can help you to grow your business. If your content has a personal touch and lets people know more about you, you in turn humanize your business and let people invest in YOU as well as your products/services. Plus, if you do it in the right way, you’re going to have a content repurposing goldmine on your hands! I’ve explained more about why sharing your story can grow your business in this episode of the podcast. Find out about: Why everyone has a story worth sharing – without exception Why people will want to hear your story and the voice that tells you otherwise is wrong! The best way to share your story on social media, with advice and examples from my own experience
This is a brilliant way to use your expertise, experiences, and personality to grow your business. In the current climate, the two great driving forces that encourage sales are storytelling and personal connection. Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-customer-journey-from-mobile-to-long-form-to-buying/ (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying) https://www.content10x.com/how-content-repurposing-makes-your-customer-journey-a-7-course-fine-dining-experience/ (How Content Repurposing Makes Your Customer Journey a 7 Course Fine Dining Experience!) http://www.content10x.com/linkedin10x (Our LinkedIn 10x service) https://www.content10x.com/videoguide (The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn)
If you want to stand out on LinkedIn, you need to make sure your profile presents you in the best light. First impressions count for a lot, after all. But what does a great LinkedIn profile look like? I wanted to ask someone who really knows what they’re talking about, so I invited LinkedIn consultant, trainer, and speaker Louise Brogan onto the podcast to get some answers. You won’t be disappointed with this episode. Louise explained so many of the ways we can perfect our profiles, some of which I’d never considered before, as well as sharing some fascinating insights on content strategy and repurposing on the platform. This is the perfect episode if you are looking to up your LinkedIn game and, to be honest, even if you think you’ve got it nailed down… Louise probably has an idea to make your profile even better! Find out about: How to turn your profile into a reputation-boosting, sales-driving machine What Louise thinks is the best-performing content on LinkedIn and how repurposing can improve your posts and your profile What the common mistakes are that Louise sees LinkedIn users make and how to overcome them
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan/ (Repurposing Webinars with Louise Brogan) – the last time Louise featured on the podcast! https://www.content10x.com/why-now-is-the-perfect-time-to-embrace-linkedin-video/ (Why Now is the Perfect Time to Embrace LinkedIn Video) https://www.linkedin.com/help/linkedin/answer/100224/applying-for-live-video-broadcasting?lang=en (How to apply for LinkedIn Live) https://www.linkedin.com/in/louisebrogan/ (Louise’s LinkedIn) – of course! https://www.socialbeeni.com/download (Louise’s 10-page guide to succeeding on LinkedIn) https://www.content10x.com/videoguide (The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn), from Content 10x
To read the blog post and to explore other episodes got to content10x.com/142
Creating video content for LinkedIn is one of the best ways to quickly grow your network and establish yourself as an authority in your industry. In my experience (and the experience of many Content 10x clients), video interviews are one of the most effective tools for achieving that goal. If you’re planning on sharing videos on LinkedIn, interviews are a must-have part of your strategy and plan. Whether you’ve thought about filming video interviews before or this is a brand new concept, this episode will help you understand why they are so effective, how you can get started, and share some key tips and advice that will make the whole process easier for you. Find out everything you need to know about video interviews on LinkedIn in this video, including: All the ways video interviews will help you grow your network and authority on LinkedIn Why flattery will get you far and open doors! How to plan, host, and produce great video interviews that are shareable and engaging on LinkedIn
Important Links & Mentions https://www.content10x.com/videoguide (The Simple Guide to Getting Started with Video on LinkedIn) To watch the video and read the blog post for this episode, head over to https://www.content10x.com/how-video-interviews-on-linkedin-can-build-authority-and-connections/ (content10x.com/141)
Video content has long been hailed as the best of the best, and there’s nowhere that is truer than on LinkedIn. If you’ve ever wanted to stand out in your industry, become known as a thought leader, or an influencer in your niche, then LinkedIn video is an essential weapon in your arsenal. And guess what? There has never been a better time to get started, thanks to a unique set of circumstances. In this episode, I’ll take you through everything you need to know if you want to start creating video for LinkedIn to boost your authority, build your personal brand, and firmly establish your influence in your industry. Find out about: The numbers that show why LinkedIn has so much potential Why quality, confidence, and ideas for content don’t matter so much now Where to go if you need a full guide to getting started with LinkedIn video
Important Links & Mentions LinkedIn Marketing Solutions – ‘https://business.linkedin.com/marketing-solutions/blog/linkedin-b2b-marketing/2016/market-to-who-matters-with-the-linkedin-marketing-solutions-plat (Market to Who Matters with the LinkedIn Marketing Solutions Platform Overview)’ https://kinsta.com/blog/linkedin-statistics/ (Mind-Blowing LinkedIn Statistics and Facts (2020)) https://smallbiztrends.com/2017/08/linkedin-video.html (Finally, Your Business Can Now Use Video On LinkedIn)
Find out more in our https://www.content10x.com/videoguide/ (Simple Guide to Getting Started on LinkedIn). You can also https://www.content10x.com/why-now-is-the-perfect-time-to-embrace-linkedin-video/ (read the blog post) on this topic.
Instagram carousels are an underappreciated asset on Instagram – and they’re incredibly powerful at driving engagement. If you’re repurposing your content, you’d be crazy not to be repurposing it into Instagram carousels… but how do you do it? What do great carousels look like? And what are some ways you can get started? I’ve answered all of those questions (and more!) in this episode of the podcast, covering all things carousels! Find out about: Why Instagram carousels are so effective (including examples) Four ways you can repurpose your content into carousels (with suggestions for blogs, podcasts, and videos) Tips on best practice when it comes to creating carousels
Important Links & Mentions https://www.socialinsider.io/blog/instagram-content-research/ ([Instagram Content Study]: We looked at 7,433,417 posts to find out the recipe for the most engaging Instagram post) https://www.instagram.com/p/CANPFBEDD9T/ (Our 'Customer Journey' carousel) https://www.instagram.com/p/CAIPGqIDb5L/ (The Content 10x Toolkit carousel) https://www.instagram.com/p/B-Wvhp7jlXy/ (Phil Jones' Instagram carousel) https://www.instagram.com/p/B_t9bb7FSNP/ (Bamboo Clothing's Instagram carousel) https://www.instagram.com/p/B-M1bw0h7Fy/ (Minor Figures’ Instagram carousel)
For more information and to check out other episodes go to https://www.content10x.com/138 (content10x.com/139)
Mark Wright is the founder and owner of one of the UK’s fastest growing digital marketing agencies, Climb Online. It’s just one in a long list of successful businesses he has launched and been involved with in a career that’s taken in twists, turns, and TV appearances! Yes, Mark was the winner of The Apprentice UK in 2014. He joined me on this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to explain why he thinks content is the most important – and underrated – tool for growing a business. Find out about: How previous The Apprentice UK winner and founder of Climb Online has used content to grow his business Mark’s favorite content and favorite platforms Why it doesn’t matter how small you start – and all you need is to make one connection through your content
Important Links & Mentions: https://climb-online.co.uk/ (Climb Online), Mark’s agency https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-to-stay-consistent-with-your-content/ (Repurposing to Stay Consistent with your Content) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-videos-for-social-media/ (How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media) https://www.content10x.com/tiktok-for-business-how-to-repurpose-tiktok-whilst-not-using-tiktok/ (TikTok for Business: How to Repurpose TikTok (Whilst Not Using TikTok!)) https://www.content10x.com/book (The Content 10x Book)
To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to: Content10x.com/138
Some people think TV has had its day, but I think some shows are leading the way in creating amazing digital content through repurposing. In fact, it was watching a clip from The Late, Late Show with James Corden that inspired this episode. Listen in to learn how you can take inspiration from some of the biggest TV shows to create incredible segments in your content that will make repurposing easy, enjoyable, and even more effective! Find out about: How The Late, Late Show with James Corden gave me a lightbulb moment about segmenting content What segmenting your content could look like – with loads of suggestions to inspire you! Why it will benefit you and your audience to segment your content
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.instagram.com/tv/B-SryRIJtEI/ (The fateful James Corden clip) https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-mindset/ (The Content Repurposing Mindset) https://www.content10x.com/make-money-podcasting/ (5 ½ Great Ways to Make Money from Podcasting) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (The Content 10x Book) https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-toolkit/ (The Content 10x Toolkit)
To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to:https://www.content10x.com/137 ( )Content10x.com/137
We will be living in the changed world caused by coronavirus for a long time, but how on earth are people whose careers rely on big public events supposed to adapt to a socially distant world? Speaking is one of the hardest-hit industries by the pandemic, but some shining lights from the profession are doing an amazing job of adapting to the new normal. One of the best examples of this is Erin King, who joins me in this episode of The Content 10x Podcast to share the story of how she created an online course out of her keynote speech. Erin is such an inspiring person and the advice she shares in this episode is going to be useful for everyone, not just speakers! Find out about: What you’ll need to look for and change to create a great course from your keynote How Erin created her course – from the technical side to the emotional How Erin’s experience as an entrepreneur helped her create a more effective course
Important Links & Mentions: Erin’s course, https://www.thesocialmediaspa.com/ (The Social Media Spa) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-your-speech-for-maximum-social-media-impact/ (How To Repurpose Your Speech for Maximum Social Media Impact) https://kajabi.com/ (Kajabi) https://www.content10x.com/6-ways-to-repurpose-your-in-person-offerings-to-online/ (6 Ways to Repurpose Your In-Person Offerings To Online) https://www.instagram.com/mrs.erin.king/ (Erin’s Instagram) https://www.content10x.com/talk10x/ (Talk 10x)
The customer journey has changed a lot in recent years. It now often starts on social media, usually on mobile, with bitesize, snackable content…and eventually we want people to consume our longer form content and start buying from us. Which leads me to the delicious metaphor this week’s episode is based on. Listen in to learn how your customer journey can be designed just like a 7 course meal and how every course in the meal is there to suit different appetites and hunger levels. Find out about: How we can plan the journey that our audience go on The seven courses of your customer journey – with your main (long-form content) as the focus How content repurposing helps you plan and create content around your ‘main’ long-form content
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/134 (The Content Repurposing Customer Journey: from Mobile to Long-Form to Buying) https://www.content10x.com/the-importance-of-branding-when-you-repurpose-content-with-phil-pallen/ (The Importance of Branding When You Repurpose Content with Phil Pallen) https://www.content10x.com/tiktok-for-business-how-to-repurpose-tiktok-whilst-not-using-tiktok/ (TikTok for Business: How to Repurpose TikTok (Whilst Not Using TikTok!)) https://www.content10x.com/audiograms-podcast-wavve-headliner/ (How to Create Audiograms for your Podcast (Wavve vs Headliner)) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-videos-for-social-media/ (How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media) https://www.content10x.com/the-importance-of-visual-content/ (The Importance of Visual Content) https://www.content10x.com/content-upgrade/ (Repurposing Your Content Into A Content Upgrade) https://www.content10x.com/133 (How to Repurpose Videos for Social Media) https://www.content10x.com/reasons-to-not-give-up-on-facebook-with-gavin-bell/ (Reasons to Not Give Up on Facebook with Gavin Bell) https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-facebook-live/ (4 Clever Ways to Repurpose Your Facebook Live Videos) https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-and-the-importance-of-consistent-messaging/ (Content Repurposing and The Importance of Consistent Messaging)
As the way we browse the internet and consume content has changed, away from desktops and TVs to mobiles and social media, the traditional customer journey has changed too. Businesses that aren’t shifting their focus to the preferences of mobile users and short form content are leaving behind the majority of their audience. The numbers don’t lie – more people than ever use mobile as their primary means of accessing the internet. How can we adapt to this new customer journey and what does it look like for both businesses and customers? The answer lies in content repurposing – and definitely not in abandoning long-form content! In this episode, I explain: Why you should think about the content journey your audience go on How content repurposing can help you create a great customer journey, starting with short-form content on mobile People won’t find your long form content, you need to find them first and have a plan to migrate them to it
Important Links & Mentions: https://wearesocial.com/digital-2020 (Digital 2020 Report) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-spend-quality-time-with-your-audience/ (How To Spend Quality Time With Your Audience) https://www.content10x.com/the-content-repurposing-mindset/ (The Content Repurposing Mindset) https://www.content10x.com/blog-post-multimedia-experience/ (How to Turn Your Blog Post into a Multimedia Experience) https://www.content10x.com/best-of-social-media-content-repurposing-tips/ (Best Of Social Media Content Repurposing Tips)
To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to https://www.content10x.com/134 (Content10x.com/134)
GivingTuesdayPodcasts is a special day, on May 12, in which podcasters are encouraged to release a special episode of their show where they share their recommended podcasts.
Join me in this special episode to hear my favorite podcasts – but there’s a twist (of course there’s a twist)! I’m sharing my three personal favorites AND my recommended shows for content creators. Find out about: My three favorite podcasts I listen to in my downtime The podcasts I think different types of content creator will benefit from listening to How you can get involved in #GivingTuesdayPodcasts
Important Links & Mentions: https://drchatterjee.com/if-this-man-can-turn-his-life-around-so-can-you/ (Episode 91 of Feel Better, Live More) https://themodelhealthshow.com/limitless-brain/ (Episode 408 of The Model Health Show) https://impacttheory.com/episode/russell-brunson/ (This Entrepreneur Will Show You the Secrets to Surviving Severe Economic Downturns, from Impact Theory) https://www.markasquith.com/podcast-accelerator/episodes/ (Podcast Accelerator) https://www.themembershipguys.com/podcast/ (The Membership Guys podcast) https://iag.me/podcast/ (The Confident Live Marketing Podcast) https://www.jaybaer.com/podcast-category/standing-ovation-podcast/ (Standing Ovation) https://treasuryrecruitment.com/podcast/ (The Treasury Career Corner Podcast)
My team and I have noticed a lot of people repurposing videos for social media recently. As a content repurposing geek, nothing could make me happier… BUT… we’ve seen some predictable mistakes cropping up! Most notably, we’ve seen plenty of videos that haven’t been repurposed properly for social media. Please don’t get me wrong, everyone is doing their best to adapt right now, and trying is 1,000% better than not trying. I just want everyone to give their content the best chance to perform brilliantly online. That means making sure we’re producing it in the right way. So, why stand idly by and let well-meaning businesses share videos on social media that don’t do them any justice? I want to lend a helping hand by explaining how to perfectly repurpose your videos for the major social platforms, take my hand and let’s go! Find out about: What great video repurposing looks like on social media How to repurpose videos for Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and LinkedIn How to add captions and change video dimensions
Important Links & Mentions: https://buffer.com/resources/square-video-vs-landscape-video (Square vs. Landscape Video – $1.5K Worth of Experiments: Here’s How They Compare) https://www.apple.com/imovie/ (iMovie) https://www.apple.com/final-cut-pro/ (Final Cut Pro) https://filmora.wondershare.com/ (Filmora) https://www.content10x.com/post-horizontal-videos-igtv-instagram-stories/ (A Simple Way to Post Horizontal Videos on IGTV and Instagram Stories) https://www.kapwing.com/ (Kapwing) https://handbrake.fr/ (Handbrake) https://www.bitfield.se/submerge/index.html (Submerge) https://www.rev.com/blog/handbrake-subtitles-and-captions (How to Add SRT Files to Videos in Handbrake (Subtitles and Captions)) https://www.content10x.com/toolkit/ (The Content 10x Toolkit)
To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to Content10x.com/133
If you’ve felt unsure about your content, your communication, and how you might approach selling during the COVID–19 pandemic… you’re not alone. Nobody was or could have been prepared for this global crisis. Many people have helped me decide my approach, but Phil M Jones has been one of the best. Not surprising, really, he did write the book on knowing ‘Exactly What to Say’! Not only is Phil a bestselling author, he’s also an international keynote speaker, a global sales leader, and a yoga enthusiast! Exactly the kind of person you want to listen to in times like these. Phil’s advice is always gold. Find out about: Top tips from Phil Jones on how to change your content and messaging during the pandemic What Phil recommends for adjusting your social media, email, and sales content How content repurposing can solve different problems during times of crisis
Important Links & Mentions https://www.philmjones.com/ (Phil’s website) https://www.philmjones.com/sales-training-books/ (Phil's books) https://www.content10x.com/blog/ (Browse my blog) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (The Content 10x book) To read the blog post and check out a video trailer of the episode, go to https://www.content10x.com/132 (Content10x.com/132)
TikTok is the latest darling of the social media world and while there are some new rules that come with it, many of the old ones remain the same – including the oldest of them all: Know your audience, be engaging and creative, and good content is good content, no matter where it is shared. If you want to know how you can tap into a platform with over 1.5 billion app downloads and over 123 million users in the USA alone, you’re going to want to listen to this episode. And don’t worry! Using TikTok for content repurposing doesn’t mean you have to be an active user… you can be inspired for creating content elsewhere. Let’s dive into how you can use TikTok for business, creative, and content inspiration. Find out about: What TikTok is and how people are using it My own experience of using TikTok for business Ways you can use TikTok for content inspiration
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.tiktok.com/@content10x (My TikTok profile)! https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-respect/ (Repurposing and Respecting the Social Media Platforms) https://www.content10x.com/best-of-social-media-content-repurposing-tips/ (Best of Social Media Content Repurposing Tips)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/131 (click here).
As content creators, knowing who, what, and how people are consuming content is vital if we want to grow our audiences. Research reports like The Infinite Dial 2020, by Edison Research and Triton Digital, are so useful for giving us that insight. Polling thousands of Americans every year, The Infinite Dial reveals media consumption habits across the nation – in everything from device usage and social media, to smart speakers and podcasts. I’ve gone through The Infinite Dial 2020 report to produce some takeaways for content creators that will help you get your content in front of more people. Find out about: What social media, digital audio, and device usage looks like in 2020 A closer look at what Infinite Dial results means for podcasters How content repurposing can help you win online in 2020
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.edisonresearch.com/the-infinite-dial-2020/ (The Infinite Dial 2020) https://www.content10x.com/key-findings-from-the-infinite-dial-2019-report/ (Key Findings from The Infinite Dial 2019 Report) https://analytics.podtrac.com/blog/2020/3/30/weekly-podcast-data-amid-the-coronavirus-crisis-update-through-march-29-2020 (Weekly Podcast Data Amid the Coronavirus Crisis - Update Through March 29, 2020) https://www.content10x.com/category/podcast-repurposing/ (Blog posts about podcasting) https://www.content10x.com/podcast-social-media/ (How to Repurpose A Podcast On Social Media) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x book) https://www.content10x.com/toolkit/ (Content 10x Toolkit)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/130 (click here).
Amy Landino is one of YouTube’s biggest names and has been for years. What helped her reach the top – and stay there? Well, she’s an amazing content creator for a start. But a great repurposing strategy has helped her stay front of mind for her audience and contributed to growing, and maintaining her dedicated following. So what does this member of YouTube royalty do to repurpose her videos for social media? And what’s her advice to business owners and content creators who want to repurpose YouTube videos to their social media? This episode of The Content 10x Podcast should have all the answers you need! Find out about: Amy Landino’s tips for creating standout YouTube content How Amy approaches content repurposing with her channel What Amy thinks is the most important thing to focus on as a YouTuber
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.tubebuddy.com/ (Tube Buddy) https://www.vlogbossuniversity.com/ (Vlog Boss University)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/129 (click here).
In the midst of the coronavirus pandemic, we’re all looking for ways we can use the extra time we’ve found ourselves with and businesses are rushing to rework their content plans. I think there’s one solution to both of those problems. A big repurposing project – going further than creating an audiogram from a podcast episode – will give you high-value, extensive assets that have staying power and respond appropriately to people’s changing content consumption habits. There are lots of ways you can do this, but I think there are four perfect content repurposing projects you can get your teeth into now that will produce brilliant results. Find out about: Why now is the perfect time to start a repurposing project Four ideas you can try – from books to live shows The different ways a repurposing project will benefit you
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/6-ways-to-repurpose-your-in-person-offerings-to-online/ (6 Ways to Repurpose Your In-Person Offerings To Online) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) https://www.content10x.com/content-10x-the-book-an-update-and-how-to-repurpose-content-into-a-book/ (Content 10x The Book – An Update & How to Repurpose Content into a Book) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-repurpose-a-podcast-into-a-book-with-emily-prokop/ (How To Repurpose A Podcast Into A Book With Emily Prokop) https://www.content10x.com/book-repurposing-how-quality-content-can-lead-to-publishing-a-book-with-mike-morrison/ (Book Repurposing: How Quality Content Can Lead To Publishing A Book With Mike Morrison) https://www.thecreativepenn.com/2020/02/10/blog-to-book-repurposing-content/ (Blog to Book Repurposing) https://www.thecreativepenn.com/how-to-self-publish-an-ebook/ (How To Self-Publish An eBook) https://www.thecreativepenn.com/how-to-self-publish-an-audiobook/ (How To Self-Publish An Audiobook) https://www.content10x.com/the-content-10x-audiobook-is-here:-how-to-repurpose-an-audiobook-into-a-podcast-episode/ (The Content 10x Audiobook is Here: How to Repurpose an Audiobook into a Podcast Episode) http://www.edisonresearch.com/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/The-Infinite-Dial-2020-from-Edison-Research-and-Triton-Digital.pdf (The Infinite Dial 2020 by Edison Research) https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-video-by-launching-a-brand-new-podcast/ (Repurposing Your Video By Launching a (Brand New) Podcast) http://www.content10x.com/toolkit (The Content 10x Toolkit) https://www.content10x.com/creating-live-experiences-content/ (Creating Live Experiences with Your Content) https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-facebook-live-videos/ (How to Repurpose Facebook Live Videos with Ian Anderson Gray) https://www.content10x.com/how-to-get-started-with-linkedin-live-with-ian-anderson-gray/ (How To Get Started With Linkedin Live With Ian Anderson Gray)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/128 (click here).
Businesses are struggling right now – a pandemic is not something anyone can truly prepare for – but traditionally offline businesses are struggling most. For some, finding new ways to monetize their services and content in the digital space might come naturally. For others, it might feel pretty alien. Not every business can pivot to digital content, but you’d be surprised at how many are able to. Restaurants and bars are setting up delivery services and sharing the news on social media. Personal trainers are delivering video sessions. Museums are conducting tours online. These are trying times, but they are inevitably bringing out creative solutions. If you want some inspiration for how you can repurpose your in-person offerings to online, I’ve got six suggestions you can try. Find out about: The surprising ways businesses are already moving online Six suggestions to help you repurpose in-person offerings to online How there are many different ways to monetize online content
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/book (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results) https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-webinars-with-louise-brogan/ (Repurposing Webinars With Louise Brogan) https://www.content10x.com/creating-online-courses-by-repurposing-content-with-teresa-heath-wareing/ (Creating Online Courses By Repurposing Content With Teresa Heath-Wareing) https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-membership-site-content/ (How To Repurpose Membership Site Content With Mike Morrison) https://adespresso.com/blog/facebook-groups-everything-you-need-know/ (Everything You Need to Know About Facebook Groups)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/127 (click here).
In times of crisis, we all need to pause, take stock, and adapt what we are doing given the extraordinary circumstances. The COVID-19 pandemic is a crisis like few others in modern times. Hard times bring the best out of people and I’ve already heard news of countless good deeds worldwide, from communities coming together to help self-isolating neighbors to the beautiful singing echoing across Italian balconies. My singing voice isn’t something I want to expose you to, but I can reach out to you – my digital neighbors – to share what I can. If you are a business owner who’s unsure on how to approach your content during a global crisis, here are my thoughts. Find out about: Why you should create content, but context is key Why your audience need you now more than ever What you can do if you’re struggling to create content right now
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/blog/ (Content 10x blog)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/126 (click here).
Walking off stage after delivering a speech – whether it’s your first or 1000th – is one of the best feelings. That mixture of excitement, adrenaline, and pride is something that we, as speakers, want to experience all the time. With the power of content repurposing, your speech can help you get that feeling more often. By turning photos and video footage of your talk into a set of powerful content marketing assets, you can grow your audience, reach and impact. As a result, you could find yourself speaking on many more stages in the future. This episode of the Content 10x podcast aims to explain some of the ways you can repurpose your speech into powerful pieces of content – without costing the world in time or expenditure! Find out about: Why it’s so important you repurpose content from your speech Learn four easy-to-action content repurposing techniques for social media Where you can get more ideas to help you repurpose your speech
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/repurposespeech (The Ultimate Checklist to Repurpose Your Speech for Social Media)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/125 (click here).
When we are deciding whether we want to do business with somebody, we need to know who they are. We don’t just buy something or hire someone without thinking about it, we need to have spent some quality time with them first. The great news is that quality time is quality time – it doesn’t matter whether it’s in-person or through a screen… that’s where content repurposing comes into it. Content repurposing helps you take your core message and explode it, reaching people in more places in different formats, all while staying true to what your business is about. If you’re tired of business lunches, golf courses, and stale breakfasts at networking events, content repurposing might just be the savior you’ve been waiting for! Listen to this episode to find out about: Why it’s important to put in the hours with your audience Why quality time doesn’t have to be spent in person How you can map out the time your audience spends with you
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-and-the-importance-of-consistent-messaging/ (Content Repurposing and the Importance of Consistent Messaging) https://www.content10x.com/5-ways-to-repurpose-content-for-lead-generation/ (5 Ways to Repurpose Content for Lead Generation) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (The Content 10x book)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/124 (click here).
One of the most common questions I’m asked is: “where do I start when it comes to content repurposing?” It’s understandable, right? After you’ve realized every piece of content you make can be repurposed into countless more pieces of content, the possibilities become overwhelming! I want to help you break that feeling of overwhelm and start repurposing your content so you can get more results from less work. If you’re not sure where to start, or where to go next, with your content repurposing, Answer The Public is one of the best research tools you can use. If you want a brilliant way to plan out your repurposing, you’ll want to hear about this amazing, totally free, website! Find out about: What Answer The Public is Why Answer The Public is the perfect tool for your repurposing research Other ways you can research content repurposing opportunities
Important Links & Mentions: https://answerthepublic.com/ (Answer The Public) https://www.content10x.com/analytics-decide-content-repurpose/ (How To Use Analytics To Decide What Content To Repurpose) https://www.content10x.com/122 (Content repurposing and Reddit) https://www.content10x.com/podcast/ (Content 10x podcast) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x book)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/123 (click here).
When I talk to people about repurposing their content on social media, they’ll list off Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, LinkedIn, and maybe throw in something new and on trend like TikTok. What I rarely hear, though, is people wanting to repurpose onto Reddit. Sometimes it’s because they’re uncertain about how to approach it, other times it’s because they don’t even know what it is! You might be surprised at just how big Reddit is, so I want to explain more about the platform and what you need to know before you include it in your content strategy. Once we’ve got the essentials out of the way, I’ve got five ideas you can use to start repurposing your content for Reddit. Find out about: What Reddit is, how it works, and why it’s different to other platforms What you need to consider before repurposing on Reddit Five ideas for repurposing on Reddit that you can try today
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.reddit.com/ (Reddit) https://www.content10x.com/blog-syndication/ (Blog Syndication Explained with Yva Yorston) https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-on-linkedin/ (How to Repurpose Content on LinkedIn with Cathy Wassell) https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-bloopers-3-ways-to-repurpose-your-mishaps/ (Repurposing Bloopers: 3 Ways to Repurpose Your Mishaps!) The https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x book)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/122 (click here).
Ah, case studies – one of the most tried and tested marketing tools at any business’ disposal. Oh, case studies – one of the most tired and testing marketing tools when used incorrectly. They divide opinion, but it’s not the concept of case studies that can be problematic – it’s the execution. With a bit of repurposing magic, you can turn a stuffy old corporate nightmare into a jargon-busting, jaw-dropping, crowd-pleasing piece of storytelling. Okay, that might be overdoing it slightly, but you can definitely make your case studies more effective, compelling, and long-lasting with a repurposing mindset. Whether you’re sitting on a stack of old case studies or you’ve never written one before, I can show you how to energize them and make them go further with content repurposing. Find out about: What a case study is – and what its purpose should be How learning from literature can make your case studies more compelling The reasons case studies can be ineffective How to produce better quality case studies that are fit for repurposing Five ideas for how you can repurpose your case studies
Important Links & Mentions: https://io9.gizmodo.com/the-universal-shapes-of-stories-according-to-kurt-vonn-1526559996 (The Universal Shapes of Stories, According to Kurt Vonnegut) https://www.content10x.com/clever-ways-to-repurpose-client-testimonials-and-reviews/ (Clever Ways to Repurpose Client Testimonials and Reviews). Content 10x Podcast episode 97 https://www.content10x.com/audiograms-podcast-wavve-headliner/ (How to Create Audiograms For Your Podcast: Wavve Vs Headliner) https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/talk-triggers-show/ (The Talk Trigger Show by Jay Baer) https://treasuryrecruitment.com/ (The Treasury Recruitment Company) https://www.content10x.com/podcast/ (The Content 10x podcast) https://www.content10x.com/blog/ (The Content 10x blog) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (The Content 10x book)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/121 (click here).
We’re experiencing what feels like a groundswell of uncertainty around Facebook at the moment. The company has not been without its controversies over the last few years and I’m starting to see this reflected in conversations with friends and clients. Despite this, Facebook is still growing its userbase and earning more money. Talk about mixed messages! So, I wanted to speak to someone who understands Facebook better than anyone else I know – it could only be Gavin Bell – Founder of Facebook advertising agency Fat Pony. Gavin helped me clear up some misconceptions about Facebook, gave some incredibly generous and useful advice about how small businesses can maximize Facebook ads, and shared his thoughts on the most effective content strategies. Find out about: Why Facebook is still worth your time and attention How to use content repurposing to create amazing ads What you can do to get results without spending a single penny
Important Links & Mentions: https://mrgavinbell.com/ (Gavin Bell’s website) https://www.facebook.com/MrGavinBell1 (Gavin’s Facebook) https://twitter.com/MrGavinBell (Gavin’s Twitter) https://www.instagram.com/mrgavinbell/ (Gavin’s Instagram) https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCYwX0DRfD06rx1E9iNa7fFw (Gavin’s YouTube) https://www.linkedin.com/in/mrgavinbell/ (Gavin’s LinkedIn)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/120 (click here).
Most people want to effectively repurpose their content. After all, why would you not want to make the most of the time you spent creating all of that incredible content? But, no matter how much they want to do it, somehow it just doesn’t happen. It doesn’t stick. It takes time to get good at content repurposing but, if you take it one step at a time, it will be much easier to make content repurposing a habit instead of a chore. That’s the secret – it isn’t being a mastermind, it isn’t having the perfect template, it’s just about building a habit that sticks. So, how do you create a habit for content repurposing? I think there are lots of approaches you can take, but there are 10 ways you can build a content repurposing habit. Have a crack at some of them, and you’ll hopefully have an unbreakable repurposing habit before long. Find out about: What a habit is and how to develop new habits 10 ways to introduce content repurposing habits to your existing content creation strategy Bonus tips to help you build new habits…and stick to them!
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-your-core-content-into-companion-content/ (Episode 118) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x book)
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/119 (click here).
What do you do after you’ve finished watching a great TV show? Go and find more content related to it, of course! This is why so many TV and radio shows offer companion content – live content that you publish immediately after publishing your core content. All the best TV shows are doing it and have been for years. Even reaction phone-ins on sports radio stations are a kind of companion content, and they’re older than old! We’ve been surrounded by companion content for decades already, but digital content creators have yet to really catch on to this concept. I think that’s going to change very soon, and I’ve got three ideas that you can use to start creating companion content today. In this episode, you can learn: What companion content is, with examples of it in practice How to create companion content in three different ways Why companion content is so useful for creators
Important Links & Mentions: https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-twitter-chats-madalyn-sklar/ (Episode 59 of the Content 10x podcast) https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x book) https://www.patreon.com/ (Patreon) https://www.content10x.com/podcast/ (Content 10x podcast archive)
To listen to this podcast episode, https://www.content10x.com/118 (click here).
Your tweets might not be the first content you think of repurposing, but you might be missing out on book deals, TV shows, and newspaper columns… There’s no guarantee your Twitter account will get you any of that, but it is possible! Very British Problems is the perfect example of how a content repurposing mindset can produce incredible results – even with the shortest content imaginable. In this episode, I explain the four cornerstone principles that helped Rob Temple go from 140 characters on Twitter to multi-channel success. Get your tea and crumpets at the ready and form an orderly queue with a stiff upper lip, I want to tell you the story of Very British Problems. In this episode, you will learn: How to repurpose the smallest content for the biggest results Four key reasons why Very British Problems was primed to succeed Why a content repurposing mindset makes everything easier
To listen to this podcast episode and/or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/117 (click here).
As content creators, marketers and business owners, we need to maximize the return we get from the time and effort we put into our content. One very effective way to do this is by repurposing your content on Instagram. Instagram is the ideal social hub for repurposing content because you can share different forms of content across Instagram’s ‘four neighborhoods,’ – the main feed, IGTV, Stories, and Live. Top Instagram educator, Sue B. Zimmerman, joins me on this episode of the podcast to chat about the true power of Instagram. We dive into reasons why businesses and content creators should focus on Instagram and she shares some of her top tips for repurposing on the platform to help grow your followers and get more conversions. Find out about: Tips for repurposing content on the 4 neighborhoods of Instagram How to use hashtags in Instagram Stories Vs. the main feed How to get more views on IGTV
To listen to this podcast episode and/or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/116 (click here).
It’s become somewhat of a tradition to start the year by sharing my content marketing predictions for the year ahead. At Content 10x we are always looking at what’s working and not working, what’s hot and not…regardless of the time of year. Listen in to hear my 8 predictions for 2020. Listen in to hear: Why I think video content is going to be such a focus in 2020 and the platforms I think will dominate Podcasting will continue to grow, more video creators will repurpose videos to audio format…but podcasting isn’t for everyone How voice search and zero click search results will change how some people/businesses create content TikTok will inspire more creativity with snackable short video content
If you want to find out more https://www.content10x.com/115 (click here)
Mindset plays such an important part in our lives. Some would argue that mindset is the one thing that truly sets apart those who achieve their goals in life, with those who don’t. Mindset is a belief that guides us in making decisions and helps us with handling situations. Mindset helps us frame situations, process information and it can help, or hinder, our progress. But have you ever heard of a content repurposing mindset? Did you know that to be successful with content repurposing it’s as much about mindset as it is knowledge of what, when, and how to repurpose? But what is a content repurposing mindset? How do you apply it? Listen in to hear: What a content repurposing mindset is Why mindset is important when it comes to repurposing Why you should view your content like a start up
If you want to find out more https://www.content10x.com/114 (click here).
I’m excited to announce that the audiobook version of my book, Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results is out now! You can get it on Amazon, Audible and Apple! Of course, being a little obsessed with content repurposing, I couldn’t just write a book, convert it into an audiobook and leave it at that…not when I’m a podcaster. So, in true Content 10x spirit, I decided to repurpose my audiobook (or at least a chapter of it) into an episode of the podcast! Hit play and listen to Chapter 1 of my audiobook for free. Listen in to hear: How content repurposing can help maximize the potential of every piece of content you create Unearthing the true meaning of content and content marketing Creative ways you can repurpose your content Indisputable reasons why you owe it to yourself, your content, and your audience to repurpose A few real-life examples of content repurposing done right
If you want to find out more, https://www.content10x.com/113 (click here.)
Writing a book is hard. No doubt – anyone who tells you otherwise is lying! It takes hours of brainstorming, writing, editing and rewriting. Ideas fizzle out. Words become hard to come by and people just…give up! A mistake I see a lot of people make is assuming that if they want to write a book, they need to completely start from scratch…yet they are prolific content creators. You can save a lot of time by repurposing some of your existing content (from your podcast, blog, videos, etc.) into your book. Believe me, it’s possible. After all, I wrote the book, https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results), using a lot of my own content and I’m not the only one. I’m always on the lookout for interesting examples of repurposing content into a book. Ready for something different?! Author of https://www.marketingnowbook.com/ (Marketing Now), David Bain, knows a thing or two about finding creative ways to repurpose content into a book…he repurposed an EPIC livestream series into a book, https://amzn.to/2YeiCzS (Marketing Now), which is packed full of actionable marketing advice from 134 of the world’s leading marketers. In this episode, you’ll learn about the creative repurposing strategy David took to help write his new book and how you can do the same! Find out:
Tips for repurposing audio and livestream content into a book How transcriptions can help to repurpose audio and video content into a book Why you should create content with the intention of repurposing Common repurposing challenges and how to overcome them
To find out more and to explore other episodes, https://www.content10x.com/112 (click here).
If you spend time consistently creating quality content then you know just how time consuming it can be. It’s so important that we maximize our return and we do so by content repurposing. However, all too often we look at repurposing by breaking long form content down (which is great to do)…but how about bringing long form content TOGETHER into even bigger masterpieces?! Bonus if those big, masterpieces of content can be used for lead generation. In podcast episode 110, I shared how you can break your content ideas down for a higher volume of in-depth content. In this episode I share how you can make your in-depth long form content even bigger, to gain new leads and grow your email list. Find out about: 5 ways to repurpose your content for lead generation How repurposing can be about combining content together as well as breaking it down Smart ways to repurpose online content into print media
You can read the full blog post and podcast episode https://www.content10x.com/111 (here.)
Consistently creating quality content will help you to reach your target audience and ultimately grow your business. It’s not to be overlooked, but coming up with the topic for your next video, blog post, podcast episode…etc can sometimes be challenging, even for the most prolific of content creators! A mistake that I see a lot of people make is that they share too much all at once, missing the opportunity to make their content ideas go so much further. I help you avoid falling into the pitfall of creating long and densely packed pieces of content that will send your audience into a slumber. I look to the world of wizardry and wine to prove that sometimes, more is more. Find out about: How to make your content ideas go further How to leave your audience wanting more How creating more in depth content can be better than single ‘epic’ pieces
You can read the full blog post and podcast episode https://www.content10x.com/110 (here )
Creating and selling online courses can be a great way to monetize your expertise. Often portrayed as the ‘holy grail’ of online passive income. There’s no doubt it’s a great way to help people, share your expertise and generate an income. But, how do you go about creating your own online course? Can you repurpose content in order to create a course? Can you repurpose your courses?! Thankfully, my guest on the podcast, Teresa Heath-Wareing, was able to spill the beans on how she repurposes content for her online courses. Teresa is an award-winning International speaker, TEDx speaker, trainer, podcaster, author and business owner. She’s noted as one of the UK's top Marketing Influencers and has worked with international brands such as Land Rover, Jaguar, Rightmove and Leadpages as well as having her online membership - The Marketing that Converts Academy - where she repurposes content to create online courses. Find out: How to repurpose content to create an online course Why it’s important to start small and focus on solving one problem for your audience Reasons why it’s okay to repurpose free content into paid content Ways in which online courses can be repurposed for lead generation
Find out more and read the blog post https://www.content10x.com/109 (here. )
How does a busy business owner and content creator launch a book when time is not on his side? The answer is simple. Repurposing! My guest this week is Mike Morrison from The Membership Guys. We discuss the ways in which he leveraged his content in different formats to produce 2 books. How he repurposed his podcast into book content Using a 30-day email challenge as the starting point for his 1st book The mindset needed for every content creator to repurpose effectively
Find out more and explore other episodes https://www.content10x.com/108 (here. )
Consistent messaging is key to growing any business and personal brand, and content repurposing can help. If you offer your customers a specific solution, you want to shout all about it. That’s why it’s so important that your message doesn’t get lost under a heap of scattergun content. Once you are clear on your message and the problem that you solve, your message must be consistent across multiple platforms to demonstrate that you’re the person to go to if anyone ever needs help with that problem. An effective way to stay consistent with messaging is to repurpose your content. In this episode find out: How content repurposing helps with consistent messaging Why you need to understand what you do and what you can help people with The importance of consistent messaging
If you want to find out more, explore other episodes or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/107 (click here).
This week is a super exciting week for Content 10x and this podcast, because on the 23rd October I officially launched my book https://www.content10x.com/book/ (Content 10x: More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results.) Marketing a book can be incredibly time consuming. I’ve found it a real challenge as I’m also running a busy creative agency, traveling and speaking at events, and growing my team. But all the time that I’ve been creating this book, I’ve tried to always have a repurposing mindset, especially when it comes to the big challenge of marketing the book. That’s why, this week I want to share with you my top 5 tips that will save you time and effort in your own marketing campaigns. This episode is really useful if you have written a book or are thinking of writing one (maybe in the process of…). But, many of the tips can be translated into all sorts of projects involving content, including new services and products. Find out about: My top 5 tips for using repurposed content to market your book How repurposing content can save you time and help you market like a pro How you can create social media copy from your book and photos of excerpts of the book Repurposing your journey to launch as part of your marketing material
You can find the full blog post and podcast episodehttps://www.content10x.com/106 ( here. )
Facebook ads can seem intimidating to many business owners. But it is such a powerful tool that you really shouldn’t ignore! Good news is that you can incorporate repurposing into your FB ads strategy. My guest this week, Zach Hesterberg, says that Facebook is THE most powerful advertising platform around. Zach is a Facebook ads expert and he shared his knowledge and offered some great tips on best ways to utilize ads Reasons why Facebook ads are so effective Learn the art of repurposing and retargeting to your Facebook audience How to incorporate repurposed content into Instagram Tips on how to get started with ads
Have a listen! To find out more, explore other episodes and read the blog post https://www.content10x.com/105 (click here. )
It’s the Content 10x Podcast’s 2nd birthday. A big thanks to everyone who has listened and supported the show. Ever feel like you are constantly re-inventing the wheel in your marketing and struggling to come up with new content ideas to market your membership service or premium content? Well, there is a way to ensure you have a consistent pipeline of marketing material that can give you back control over your marketing, give you added transparency and congruency of your product and services. That’s why this week’s episode of the podcast (and blog post), covers the topic of repurposing the content you have already within your membership / premium service and turning that into marketing content itself! Find out about: How repurposing materials from your membership site or premium content can provide you with a wealth of marketing material How repurposing your premium content into marketing content creates added benefits, like transparency and congruency for your brand and your business What premium content you should be looking to slice, dice and repurpose
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, https://content10x.com/104 (head here. )
If you want to use one piece of content to repurpose into 10x the amount, video content is a great place to start. When you start with a video as your pillar content, you have exactly what you need to repurpose it into a host of other content. But what happens once you’ve created all of that content? How should you go about publishing it and how are you going to get as many eyes on your repurposed content as possible? On this episode of the podcast (and blog post), I’m joined by Natalie Hailey, who is a Content Manager and the Founder of https://www.hotcontent.co.uk/ (Hot Content). She works with small business owners and entrepreneurs and helps them to be consistent with their content and make the most of their content. Find out about: Why consistency is key when it comes to creating, promoting and publishing content How to get the most engagement from your YouTube videos How to repurpose a YouTube video into a blog post
To listen to this podcast episode and read the blog post, head over here.
Did you know that you can repurpose your blog posts onto Quora? Quora is a minefield of questions waiting to be answered and an ideal place to demonstrate your expertise, build a following and of course, repurpose your blog posts! Repurposing your blog posts on Quora is a great way to put your content and your business/brand in front of the right people…people who want to learn from your expertise in order to get answers to their questions. On this episode and blog post, you’ll discover how to repurpose your blog posts on Quora for the most impact and engagement. Find out about: How businesses/brands use Quora to build awareness and generate leads The benefits of repurposing content on Quora The two best ways to repurpose your blog post on Quora for the most engagement
If you want to find out more about repurposing blog posts on Quora, you can listen to the full podcast episode and/or read the blog post https://www.content10x.com/102 (here.)
Do you want to learn how masterminds in the world of content marketing repurpose their content? Hall of Fame speaker and New York Times best-selling author, Jay Baer, joins the Content 10x podcast to discuss how he repurposes content from The Talk Triggers Show, and more, and he shares tips to help you repurpose your content like a true (social) pro! Jay has truly leveraged the power of repurposing for his ‘talk triggers’ content - proving that when you have great messages to share, repurposing allows you to amplify your ideas and delight both old and new audiences. Find out about: How Jay repurposes his content for maximum impact The many ways you can repurpose research into a speech, a book, video, podcast, social media content, and more The importance of video content if you want to build your brand
To find out more about Jay, you can check out his personal https://www.jaybaer.com/ (website) or head over to https://www.convinceandconvert.com/ (Convince & Convert) to learn more about implanting effective strategies for customer acquisition and retention. To listen to the Social Pros Podcast hosted by Jay Baer and Adam Brown, https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/social-pros-podcast/ ( click here). You can also catch The Talk Triggers Show as either a https://www.convinceandconvert.com/podcasts/shows/talk-triggers-show/ ( podcast) or a video show on https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PLwEhUP5s3XQwhP5alTodcrAUT17Cc7ADm ( YouTube) (the choice is yours!). If you want to find out more and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/101 (click here).
It’s a very special occasion at the C10x HQ today as we’re celebrating 100 episodes of the Content 10x podcast! Aside from clinking champagne glasses and wondering where the time went, my team and I have taken this huge milestone as an opportunity to reflect on lessons learned from recording, publishing and repurposing 100 episodes! As we reach our 100th episode, it’s incredible to look back at our humble beginnings to see exactly where and how it all started and more importantly, how we’ve developed and what we’ve learned since then. Our repurposing strategies and the ways that we create and repurpose our content have evolved with us over time, which is what I want to share with you in this special episode and blog post! Of course, as a content repurposing business, we have not only learnt lessons based on our own podcast and content, but based on the work that we do for our clients too. We’re very fortunate to have wonderful clients and I’m so blessed to have such a dedicated team of content managers, publishers, copywriters, graphic designers, video and audio editors, that work tirelessly to serve our clients and maximise the reach of their content through the power of repurposing! To prepare for this special episode, my team and I had an in-depth meeting where we reflected on how our own repurposing strategies and tactics have changed over time. Sounds intense…it wasn’t…we had fun…it’s been a fantastic journey and we’ve only just begun! Find out about: Our most important lessons learned from recording, publishing and repurposing 100 episodes of the podcast How our creative, publishing and copywriting processes have evolved over time The importance of planning your content and being consistent with it – no matter what!
For more information, https://www.content10x.com (click here).
Have you ever thought about repurposing content from your guest appearances? For example, you can feature your guest interview on your own podcast or video show, or repost your guest article elsewhere (perhaps reworded), share video footage of your talk on your social media…there are plenty of ways to make the most out of your hard work and have more quality content to share with your own audience. Tune into this episode to discover five ways that you can repurpose guest appearances and content contributions to give you the best return on investment. Find out about: How to repurpose audio and video content from your guest appearances Tips for repurposing written content from a guest blog post How to maximise your ROI and make the most out of your content contributions
To find out more and listen to the full episode, https://www.content10x.com/99 (click here.)
Twitter is a fantastic platform to engage with people instantly, build connections and share your thoughts with the world. However, with https://www.omnicoreagency.com/twitter-statistics/ (500 million tweets) per day, how can you stand out and grow your audience? And, more importantly, how can you repurpose your longer form content effectively on the platform? I spoke to social media marketing expert Dan Knowlton all about Twitter - he shared his expertise on how to use the platform in the most effective way and how repurpose your content on the platform. We discussed: What content works best on Twitter How to repurpose your content into tweets, livestreams, videos and much more The main mistakes people make with content marketing
To listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/98 (click here. )
The power of social proof should never be underestimated. A business can tell people how great they are, share lots of stories, and even provide evidence via case studies. However, the most powerful and the most persuasive marketing and sales message actually comes from our own happy customers. Once you have client testimonials you really want to make the most of them since you worked so hard and did such a great job getting them. Here at Content 10x, I regularly repurpose client testimonials to make sure that everyone sees them! Here are some unique and clever ways you can repurpose your testimonials to get more clients and exposure for your business. Find out about: Why client testimonials are so important Different ways to repurpose video and written testimonials How to share these testimonials on both social media and print
If you want to listen to the full podcast episode or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/97 (click here).
There are lots of different metrics that can help us to understand how our content is performing. But, some metrics are far more insightful than others; they are the engagement metrics that share an insight into our audiences’ behavior beyond the download, subscribe or follow. These metrics help us to work out if people are actually consuming our content…in other words if they care and if they will go onto take the action that we desire. How do we find out whether our audience is listening, watching or reading all of our content? If clicks, views and downloads don’t tell us the whole story, what does? I’m going to share the best engagement metrics for podcasts, video, email and social media. Once you have the important metrics, you can take steps to improve your content, focus on what your audience loves and even figure out what content to repurpose! Find out about: What metrics tell you whether your audience are engaging with your content The best metrics for podcasts, video, email and social media How you can use these metrics to improve your content
If you want to listen to the full podcast episode or read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/96 (click here).
On a mission to maximize your content’s reach and engagement on social? The answer lies in repurposing and there are lots of ways to repurpose content onto social media. Not only that, but you can repurpose social media content too, for example, your Facebook Live videos, IGTV videos, etc. You can take your best-performing social content and repurpose it across multiple channels, presenting it in a different way to new audiences. This episode is a round-up of some of the best social media content repurposing tips that we’ve shared on the podcast in the past 6 months. I'm taking my own advice from https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-to-stay-consistent-with-your-content ( episode 91), where I talked about how you can bring back some of your ‘best bits’ and create new, fresh content. Find out about: Top tips for repurposing your social media content How to repurpose video content on Facebook How to choose the best-performing hashtags for Instagram
If you want to listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/95 (click here).
Have you ever wondered whether having a podcast may be more suited for online businesses vs. traditional brick and mortar businesses? Or, maybe you've considered starting a podcast but you're worried it won’t be worth the effort because you work in a niche industry where podcasts are not a 'thing'? If so, think again. You're about to hear an inspiring story of how we have worked with a great client to launch a podcast in a super-niche industry....and how he's absolutely crushing it! My guest on the podcast is Mike Richards. Mike is a client, good friend and the CEO of the https://treasuryrecruitment.com/ (Treasury Recruitment Company), plus he's the host of the https://treasuryrecruitment.com/podcast/ (Treasury Career Corner Podcast). In 2018 Mike started a podcast to grow his personal brand and position himself as an expert in his industry. Whilst he was really excited to launch his podcast and felt in good hands working with us, he also didn't have unrealistic expectations. He wasn't expecting to be the next Pat Flynn or John Lee Dumas - he knew that he faced a challenge when it came to finding listeners...and the challenge of people not even knowing what a podcast was! (hence repurposing was essential) Luckily we had his back! Mike has seen HUGE success. With over 10,000 downloads globally in its first year, lots of new doors have opened, and business really is booming. By repurposing the podcast to expand his reach Mike has become known as the man in treasury...in fact, he's somewhat of a celebrity in industry circles! Listen in to find out: How we developed a repurposing strategy for Mike’s business How repurposing quality content has helped a niche business grow globally Benefits both Mike's personal brand and the business have seen thanks to launching and recording a podcast
To listen to the full podcast and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/94 (click here.)
You may have heard me tease the idea of my book before but now it’s really happening; my very first book called Content 10x – More Content, Less Time, Maximum Results will be available for pre-order mid-August. I’ve poured my heart, soul and all my content repurposing knowledge into this book, it’s certainly not one to miss. In this episode I provide an update on the book and how I was able to base many chapters of the book on my existing content. If you want to find out more about how to leverage content repurposing to write a book, tune into episode 93 of the podcast. Listen in to find out: An update on my upcoming new book How I repurposed existing content to write my book The process of planning a book and how this helped me identify new content to create
If you want to dive into this episode with me, https://www.content10x.com/93 (click here.)
Have you tried using LinkedIn Live yet? Other platforms such as Facebook, Instagram and YouTube have offered live video for years. LinkedIn, however, took their time rolling out their own live video service – LinkedIn Live. But, is it all hype or will is succeed? And, how does it work? Join me and the leading expert in live video marketing, Ian Anderson Gray, on this episode of the podcast to find out more about how you can broadcast to LinkedIn and connect with your audience in a completely new way. Tune in to discover: The latest on the LinkedIn Live roll-out and how it works Tips for getting started with LinkedIn Live How to repurpose your LinkedIn Live video into an arsenal of new content
To listen to my full discussion with Ian, https://www.content10x.com/92 (click here.)
Are you consistent with your content? Or, do you struggle to keep up? If you’re in a habit of “falling off track” when it comes to creating and publishing regular, consistent, content don’t be too hard on yourself. It can happen to us all. In particular, there can be really challenging times in the year, like during the summer months and over the festive and new year period, where so much is going on outside of the business (for you and your team) that your usual content creation regime is pretty much impossible. When you’re trying to stay consistent with your content but don’t have the time (or energy) to keep creating new content, repurposing is your answer. So, if you want to save time with content creation and stay consistent with your content schedule, tune into episode 91 of the podcast to hear my top three tips! Tune in to discover: How repurposing can help keep your content consistent during busy times Three ways to use your older content as new content How repurposing older content can come with the bonus of lots of additional content already created
If you want to listen to this episode in all its glory, https://www.content10x.com/91 (click here).
If you want your content to produce long-term traffic and drive sales, you’ve got to learn how to create and repurpose content that sells. But how can you create marketing content that sells? And, how can you tell if a piece of content is persuasive enough to convert a customer? Join me and Jessica Lorimer on episode 90 of the podcast and discover the roadmap to help you create content that converts and therefore allows you to become an unapologetic wealth creator. We discussed: How to create content that leads to sales How to sell with content without being too pushy How to measure content in relation to sales
To listen to the full podcast episode and read the blog post, https://www.content10x.com/90 (head here.)
Did you know that IGTV is no longer a vertical video only platform? If you’re an avid Instagram user, you’ve probably already noticed that the platform now supports landscape video. But what you might now know is that the ability to post landscape videos on IGTV has a host of repurposing repercussions! Tune into this episode of the podcast to discover how IGTV’s ability to post horizontal videos can impact how you interact with your followers on the platform and most notably, how you can repurpose YouTube videos onto IGTV. Find out about: The repurposing repercussions of IGTV supporting horizontal videos Why vertical video has become so popular The pros and cons of posting landscape, particularly YouTube videos, to IGTV
To listen to this podcast episode, https://www.content10x.com/89 (click here).
Repurposing your podcast into an avalanche of new content is one of the best ways to spread awareness, attract more listeners and reach a larger audience. With the popularity of podcasts continuing to grow, you’ve got to come up with creative ways to stay top of mind and keep the downloads coming. In this week’s podcast episode, I’m excited to introduce you to my special guest, Steve Davis (aka Studio Steve) from Pod Sound School to talk about his awesome podcast repurposing and how he transforms his audio content into an amazing video animation. Tune in to learn about: How to repurpose podcast content into a cartoon video animation Why repurposing your podcast into video is worth the time investment Top tips for improving the sound quality of your podcast
To find out more, https://www.content10x.com/88 (click here).
Although your content repurposing strategy might be on fire and bringing a lot of traction and engagement your way, there’s really no telling how it’s impacting your business’ bottom line without monitoring and measuring its performance. In this episode of the podcast, I wanted to respond to some feedback I recently had when I asked my audience on Instagram what they wanted to know a bit more about. A few of my followers wanted to learn more about how to track and measure content repurposing endeavors. I thought this topic was super interesting. After all, who doesn’t want to measure the effectiveness of their content repurposing efforts? So, if you want to find out how you can measure content repurposing, tune in! Find out: How to use Google Analytics to discover how much traffic your repurposed content attracts Tips for monitoring engagement and growth on social media What metrics you should consider when monitoring the impact of content repurposing on your business
To listen to the full episode, head over to: https://www.content10x.com/87 (content10x.com/87)
Delivering a TEDx Talk is a highly sought-after accolade for many speakers. Delivering a TEDx Talk can have far reaching positive outcomes. If you are a speaker, it really raises the bar for you to call yourself a TEDx speaker. In many ways, it gives you that x-factor and brings some bling to your speaker reel! On episode 86 of the podcast, I sat down with my good friend, Mark Asquith, to talk all about his experiences in delivering a TEDx Talk and how he was able to repurpose many aspects of the experience. Tune in to find out: How to prepare for a TEDx talk and make the most of existing content How to repurpose content from a TEDx Talk for social media, your blog and podcast How to repurpose the video recording of a TEDx Talk into lots of social media videos
To listen to the full podcast episode, head over to: https://www.content10x.com/86 (content10x.com/86)
We can learn a lot about current trends and user behavior on social media by looking at the data uncovered by Edison Research and Triton Digital’s Infinite Dial 2019 report. I’ll admit…every time the latest Infinite Dial Report comes out, I get super excited because as a content creator, I’m able to use key findings from the report to review my own social media strategy. The results from the report can help you identify what platforms to focus on and perhaps more importantly, where to repurpose to. After all, I always say that you need to make sure you create content for the platforms your audience is on, and stay up to date on the trends. In this episode of the podcast, I dive into some of the key findings from this year’s Infinite Dial report and look at how this information can be useful when it comes to strategizing and planning our own content marketing tactics. Tune into this podcast episode to find out: Key findings from the Infinite Dial Report 2019 How to use this data to craft a more effective social media marketing strategy My conclusion in terms of where to focus content efforts this year
To listen to the full episode, head over to: https://www.content10x.com/85 (content10x.com/85)
We talk about podcast repurposing a lot here at the Content 10x HQ, but just how necessary is it to attract and maintain a loyal following? In my opinion, the Edison Research Podcast Consumer Report 2019 answers this question with a resounding – YOU MUST REPURPOSE YOUR PODCAST!! This really insightful research study reveals lots of interesting insights about the podcasting audience in America and their behaviors. There’s a lot we can learn about this data from a content marketing and content repurposing perspective, so let’s dig in! Tune into this podcast episode to find out: Key findings from the Podcast Consumer Report 2019 How people aware of podcasts but not listening could become fans via repurposed content Most people find podcasts via search engines and on social media – making repurposing essential
To listen to the full episode, go to: https://www.content10x.com/84 (content10x.com/84)
Is there something you know you should be doing more of but you just…don’t? Maybe you’ve worked tirelessly to create amazing content and instead of repurposing it (like you know you should), you don’t. On this episode of the podcast, I help you identify why you’ve got this knowledge to action gap and what you can do to start repurposing your content more regularly and with real purpose. Find out about: What the knowledge to action gap is Working out why you don’t repurpose as much as you want to 3 ways to take more content repurposing action
To listen to this episode, go to: https://www.content10x.com/83 (content10x.com/83)
If you create video and audio content, then in all likelihood, if you're human…mistakes and mishaps will have been made along the way! Great news! You don’t need to delete all of your bloopers, you can repurpose them! In this episode, I look at why and how you can save outtakes and bloopers and recycle them within a different context. Discover: Why you should not delete all of your mistakes and mishaps Why people love and share bloopers – it’s not because we’re all mean! 3 ways that you can repurpose your bloopers
Check it out at: https://www.content10x.com/82 (content10x.com/82 )
Do you want to get more eyes and engagement on your Instagram posts? I bet you do. After all, what’s the point in creating and publishing all of that amazing visual content if nobody sees it? Countless studies have shown that Instagram posts with hashtags get way more engagement than those without any. But, how can you use hashtags on Instagram to get the best results? On episode 81 of the podcast, I reveal why it’s important to be strategic with your hashtags and I share the same winning hashtag formula we use here at Content 10x. Find out about: How hashtags can help your content get found on Instagram Why it’s important to be strategic with using hashtags Top tips and advice on how to research the best hashtags for you
To find out more head to: https://www.content10x.com/81 (content10x.com/81)
It takes a lot of effort to create an engaging piece of content. But the creation of a piece is only half of the job; the rest lies in how you publish the content. There are smart ways to do this, and not so smart ways, and it’s worthwhile learning the difference. In episode 80 I share some useful tips for promoting and repurposing your long-form content such as blog posts, videos, or podcast episodes with accompanying visual content. If you’re going to spend the time to create a high-quality piece of content, make sure you’re reaping the rewards for your efforts. Don’t underestimate the importance of visual content. Find Out: Why visual content is so important on social media Why it’s important to create visuals for each piece of content that you are promoting How you can repurpose your visual content Much more
To find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/80 (content10x.com/80)
2019 is the year of LinkedIn. Are you on LinkedIn? Are you creating, promoting and repurposing content on LinkedIn? Do want to find out what’s working and not working, and how to really rock on the platform? I invited LinkedIn expert Sam Rathling onto the podcast to talk all things LinkedIn and it was a fantastic discussion. Find out: How to optimize your LinkedIn profile Exactly what content to post on LinkedIn How to repurpose and promote your existing content to your LinkedIn followers Why engagement is so important on the platform and how to create engaging posts So much more!
Find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/79 (content10x.com/79)
Have you ever spent a long time finding exactly the right words to use for your content? Maybe you were trying to find that perfect phrase for your homepage, a captivating opening to a blog post, or genius sales copy for a new landing page? We’ve all been there. Finding the right words and phrases is not easy. Copywriting is not easy! The good news is that all of the time and effort that you spend finding those perfect words does not need to be for a one-time use. You should always look for opportunities to repurpose your copy. Tune in to this week’s podcast to find out: Why writing strong and effective copy is so important to connect with your audience How you can repurpose you copy to make your efforts and your words go further Resources available to help you write great copy
Check it out at: https://www.content10x.com/78 (Content10x.com/78)
Would you like to learn more about how to stay true to your brand when repurposing your content? Join me and my special guest, brand strategist Phil Pallen, to find out lots of really useful tips on branding and consistency with your content. Learn all about: The importance of branding for business Top tips for creating content for your brand How you can repurpose your content consistently to align with your brand How you can create an effective brand with personality
To find out more and to read the full blog post, head over to https://www.content10x.com/77 (content10x.com/77)
Do you ever stop and think about whether your content is published in as many relevant places as possible? You go to so much effort to create your content…your podcast episodes, video content, blog posts, etc, so how widely distributed is your content when you hit the ‘publish’ button? Also, do you take action to help ensure that your content will get found by search engines? When I was at Podfest in Orlando in early March I discovered a couple of simple, yet important things that content creators can do to really improve their overall content distribution, which I share in the this podcast episode. Find out: How to effectively maximise your content distribution to grow your audience How you can benefit from written content to complement your video or podcast Tips and advice for reviewing your content distribution and simple, quick steps to improve it
For more information and to explore other episodes go to: https://www.content10x.com/76 (Content10x.com/76)
There are over 2 billion active users on Facebook each month. The question is, as a content creator, what are the best ways to repurpose your content onto Facebook to get in front of your ideal audience on the platform. Or, if you’re already creating lots of content on Facebook, how can you repurpose it? I had the pleasure of speaking with https://lizmelville.com/ (Liz Melville), a highly regarded Facebook ads and marketing specialist, with over eight years of experience in promoting brands and businesses online, to find out more. We discussed: How to repurpose content on Facebook Why you should be creating video content for Facebook What’s working and not working in 2019 How you make the most of Facebook Live
Content strategies if you have a profile, page and group
For more info and to read the full blog post, head on over to https://www.content10x.com/75 (content10x.com/75)
You’ve created some fantastic content, but that’s just the start. What use is great content if nobody knows about it? By using promotional tactics from the movie industry, you can create great awareness of your content and your audience will be chomping at the bit for its release. Tune in to this week’s episode to learn: Four ways to get your audience talking about the release of your content using tips from the movie industry How to generate not just awareness of your content, but an appetite for its release How to make effective use of social media platforms by repurposing your content for promotion and distribution
Check it out at: https://content10x.com/74 (Content10x.com/74)
Do you know how to create press releases in order to get your content in front of your desired audience in the newspaper, or on radio and TV? Perhaps you’re thinking why would you do this…why bother with press releases in the digital age when we can reach so many people via social media and other means. However, getting attention in the press and knowing how to create a press release may be really useful for you and your business. What’s more, perhaps you can repurpose content into a press release so it does not take too much more time and effort, yet reaps many rewards. Interested? In this week’s episode of the Content 10x podcast I interview Sally Falkow, an Accredited PR practitioner with the Public Relations Society of America. We discuss: What press releases are The benefits of a press release How to get started with producing press releases Repurposing a press release into other forms of content
To read the blog post and explore other episodes, visit https://content10x.com/73 (Content10x.com/73)
Conferences, trade shows, workshops, seminars, networking events and so on puts your business in front of highly targeted leads. It’s also a great chance to forge business relationships and network with potential partners. But, in a sea of businesses with lots going on around you, how can you make sure that yours stand out? In this podcast episode, I share the repurposing considerations that we have put in place to prepare for the Podfest Multimedia Expo event 2019 to make sure that our hard work is maximized. If you’re attending an event soon and need to create content for a workshop, trade show or seminar, etc. this episode will give you lots of inspiration! Tune in to find out: Ways to repurpose content for events if you are speaking or exhibiting Tips for creating engaging leaflets and banners How to write engaging copy using the ‘avatar empathy’ approach
If you want to find out more, go to https://www.content10x.com/72 (content10x.com/72)
My special guest Emily Prokop talks about turning her podcast into that book, something that she always dreamt about and it all happened because one person loved her podcast…and that person happened to be a publisher! We discuss the following: How you can repurpose a podcast into that winning book Why repurposing content created a ready-made audience The importance of knowing the right tools for the job
To read the full blog post, head on over to https://www.content10x.com/71 (content10x.com/71). To listen to previous episodes https://www.content10x.com/podcast/ (click here).
Did you know that you can repurpose your video or audio content into written content to populate your social media channels, website or blog? Accompanying your video or audio content with written content improves your discoverability and helps you to rank higher on Google. Plus, it helps people decide whether they actually want to listen or watch your content. On this episode of the podcast, I share my thoughts on whether or not you should repurpose your video or podcast into written content such as transcripts, blog posts and show notes. Find out about: Why you should repurpose your video or audio into written content Using optimized written content to boost your SEO ranking The pros and cons of repurposing audio and video content into a transcript
If you’d like to read the full blog post, head over to: https://www.content10x.com/70 (content10x.com/70)
Did you know that over 43 million people in the US have a smart speaker? People use smart speakers to listen to music, make calls, get traffic and weather updates, listening to podcasts, order food and groceries, controlling household devices, flash briefings and so much more. Flash briefings are short, informative pieces of pre-recorded audio that last up to 10 minutes long. And, you can even create your own flash briefing skill to supply short bursts of content to your audience via their Alexa-enabled device. In this podcast episode, I’m joined by Sigrun, who is an expert when it comes to sharing her message and has been very forward thinking in getting in on Alexa flash briefings as an early adopter. We talk about how businesses like yours can use Alexa flash briefings to build and connect with your audience. We also talk about how you can repurpose your podcast content into an Alexa flash briefing! Tune in to learn: Why Alexa flash briefings is a great way to connect with more people & grow your business How to repurpose your podcast content (and transcripts) into an Alexa flash briefing Tips for encouraging people to add you to their daily flash briefing
Head over to: https://www.content10x.com/69 (content10x.com/69)
When you put lots of time and effort into creating a single piece of content, it’s worth thinking about how you can make the most out of it. Maybe you could find a unique way to repurpose it into a different format – like we did when we repurposed photo slides into a comic book! In this episode, I share a story about how you can make your own comic book by repurposing slides. I also reveal some of my best tips and advice on how you can be really creative and think outside of the box when repurposing your content. Tune in to learn: How to repurpose a slide show into a comic book The importance of thinking of creative ways to repurpose your content Using repurposed slides to reach new audiences
Head over to: https://www.content10x.com/68 (content10x.com/68)
Video is one of the best ways for businesses to drive sales. 93% of businesses that use video say it’s gotten them a new customer thanks to a video they shared on social media. There’s no doubt that video is a powerful way to grow your business. But are you leveraging video marketing for your business as much as you should? To help you answer that question, I’ve invited Jason Hsiao, the co-founder of Animoto onto the podcast to talk about the importance of video marketing and why it should be a key part of your online marketing strategy. Tune in to learn: How to create a powerful video without having any technical or editing experience Tips for repurposing your video into compelling trailers and teasers Using video to humanize your business and build trust in your brand How to leverage video marketing if you’re camera shy What type of video content works best on each social media platform How to make an engaging video for your audience
For more information head over to https://www.content10x.com/67%20 (content10x.com/67).
Do you want to learn how to convert video to audio? By extracting the audio from your video, you can create even more great content. But, despite what you might think, extracting audio from a video isn’t as easy as uploading your file to a dodgy MP4 to MP3 converter app! In this episode, I share my top four tips on how to convert your video to audio. Tune in to learn: How to repurpose your video content into high-quality audio content How to reduce the level of background noise in your audio content Why you should segment your video How to use appropriate software to help convert video content to audio
To read the blog post and explore other episodes go to: content10x.com/66
I'd like to introduce you to a good friend of mine, Chris Knott. Chris has completely changed his personal training business over the last few years and this can largely be attributed to creating online content, embracing a multimedia content approach, content repurposing and being consistent. I find this really interesting because Chris had a ‘bricks and mortar’ offline business, in so much that he only earned income through in-person personal training. It seemed unscalable, but through creating online content, he not only improved his in-person business but he was also able to generate new income streams which were offline AND brand new online income streams too. In my discussion with Chris he shares his journey from no online content to a very successful blog, podcast, online business partnerships, delivering seminars and a very engaged social media following. Join our chat to find out: How creating content online can directly impact the growth of an offline business Why it’s good to create a variety of content across different mediums and platforms A simple publishing and content-topic structure that makes it easy to stay consistent over time How Chris fills his content pipeline in advance without ever needing to rush How to lean on the credibility of industry giants when you're just getting started
To read the full blog post, go to https://www.content10x.com/65 (content10x.com/65)
In order to plan your content well, you need to be able to broadly predict the way things are going – what’s working, what’s not working etc. In this episode I collect some of the research I’ve done and the experience I have in content marketing and lay down my 5 big predictions for 2019 that will help you maximise your efforts this year. Tune in to learn: The social media platforms to get involved with in 2019 The ways advancements in technology is impacting audio content Why our polarised political climate may have contributed to the rise in the impact of raw “behind-the-scenes” video content and tips on how you should create this Why GDPR is not only survivable, but how you could use it to thrive with your email marketing
Head over to https://content10x.com/64 (content10x.com/64) to find out more
As 2018 draws to a close I decided to wrap up the year by sharing with you the 5 most popular Content 10x podcast episodes of 2018 (based on downloads). Every episode is about content repurposing - sharing specific tip, tricks and advice on how to repurpose your content and get the most value from your hard work and reach more people. Thanks to each and every one of you for your continued support of the show. I already have some wonderful podcast episodes lined up for 2019, but in the meantime I hope you enjoy this roundup of the top 5 most popular episodes from 2018. Click here to find out more. https://www.content10x.com/63 Happy content repurposing!
Would you like to learn how you can plan your content strategy for the whole year and have a content strategy that directly links to your business goals and endeavors? Join me and my special guest, Janet Murray, on the podcast to find out how you can plan a year of content with help from Janet’s 2019 Media Diary paired with a very simple step-by-step content planning process! Learn all about: Why content planning is so important for businesses How planning your content can help you to build an audience Publishing relevant and timely content Develop a yearly content plan for your business Repurposing your weekly cornerstone content
To read the full blog post, head over to https://www.content10x.com/62 (content10x.com/62)
Do you find yourself thinking of ways that you can take part in holiday giveaways, and subsequently find yourself pondering appropriate giveaway ideas? Whatever the holidays/occasions that you celebrate are, be it Christmas, Thanksgiving, Easter, Diwali, Eid….they all often come with gifting and generosity. Whilst you’re searching for giveaway ideas, have you considered that you can repurpose your existing content into gifts and giveaways for your audience? In this week’s podcast episode I talk you through 5 ways to repurpose your existing content into content gifts. Find out: How you can bundle together your existing content to create a ‘holiday hamper’! Creative ways to re-deliver existing content for added value Review your most popular content and create complementary content as an extra giveaway
Get the podcast episode and accompanying blog post here: https://www.content10x.com/61 (https://www.content10x.com/61)
Let me ask you a question…do you create content at live events? Not just at the events, but before, during and after. If your answer is no then you are missing a huge content opportunity. Going to events is a fantastic thing to do, it’s great for learning and it’s great for building relationships. You just cannot beat meeting people face-to-face. But, they’re also often a huge investment – you’ve investing in yourself which is good, but they can take up a lot of time away from your business and family, and make quite a dent on your bank balance too! You can get even move value out of the time that you spend at events by creating lots and lots of content! In this episode find out: Why you should create content before, during and after you attend events 8 smart ways to create content at events Why having a content mindset at events is crucial going to ensure you get as much value as possible from attending
Get the episode and accompanying blog post at: https://www.content10x.com/60 (content10x.com/60)
When it comes to repurposing content, we spend a lot of time thinking about what we can post to Twitter, rather than repurposing content that’s already on there. I was keen to speak to someone who’s a real expert in Twitter and a number of my friends pointed to me to https://madalynsklar.com/ (Madalyn Sklar) as THE person to speak to. Madalyn is the host of two wildly popular Twitter chats - Twitter Smarter, which was launched six years ago and has since then amassed over 6 billion impressions and her second, Social ROI. Tune in to find out: Why Twitter is the best platform to have short but meaningful conversations with people in your industry How you can repurpose a Twitter Chat into a super-engaging Facebook Live Stream How you can give longevity to your best tweets by creating a Twitter Moment
Get the episode and blog post at: https://content10x.com/59 (content10x.com/59)
How do you create engaging content video trailers to promote your latest blog, podcasts, or video content? New movies and TV shows run trailers and that seems to work pretty well, so why not apply the same marketing techniques to our content! A content video trailer is a short, less than one minute video, explaining the benefits of your content. It’s a way to endear yourself to your audience and directly drive interested people back to consume your content. In this episode I share what exactly I’m doing and how you can try it out for yourself. Tune it to learn: How to create quick, engaging video trailers for your content in as little time as possible The benefits of creating content video trailers Why starting your blog posts with video trailers enhances your SEO
Head over to: https://www.content10x.com/58 (content10x.com/58) to read the blog post and to explore other episodes.
How much of your repurposing process can be hands-off? At Content 10x, I’m always talking about ways to save time, whether it’s with methods or tools. This week I have a special guest on the show, Hani Mourra, creator of Repurpose.io. His web completely automates publishing your vlog as a podcast or your podcast as a vlog…and more. Tune in to learn: How to expand the reach of your content without doing extra work Why podcasters and live-streamers can and should have a presence on all major platforms How much you can automate or streamline your repurposing process
For more information and the accompanying article visit: https://content10x.com/57 (content10x.com/57)
You already know how to multiply your content into different formats. Could you expand that even further by taking the same topic from a different angle? By turning the message of a piece of content on its head, you not only attract different learning styles (written, audio, visual). You can now make the same topic appeal to different personality traits! Tune in to this week’s episode to learn: How to repackage the message of one piece of content in an entirely new way by turning it on its head How to earn even more “market share” of audience by appealing to the wide spectrum of personality traits How to multiply the usefulness of your content research by looking at it from different angles, not turning it into different formats
Check it out at: https://content10x.com/56 (content10x.com/56)
Do you feel like your website is leaking a lot of potential customers and losing you money? If you do, it can only be because you don’t have a high converting website. In this episode, my guest Matt Eldridge and I might be able to help you on that journey to having the stickiest website in your niche! Join us to learn: How to capture people’s attention when they visit your site How to strategically place team photos and testimonials all over your site to radically boost trustability How to maximise bottom-line value from all your repurposed content
Read the full blog post at: https://content10x.com/55 (content10x.com/55)
Live content takes engagement to a whole new level. It can turn an audience into a true online community. In this week’s episode, I take a deep dive into live content experiences, why it engages people so well, and give a whole load of ways to structure live content. Not only does it work really well in its own right, allowing you to demonstrate your expertise and trustability better than any other form of content, you can also repurpose it in loads of different ways. Tune in to find out: Why live content opens up a whole new section of potential audience members How to build your tribe by connecting people with live experiences Four ways you can get started with live content right now
For the full blog post, go to: https://www.content10x.com/54 (content10x.com/54)
Chatbots are a quickly rising force in digital marketing. Join me this week with chatbot-expert Kelly Mirabella as we talk about how to use chatbots and content repurposing together to maximise engagement on Facebook and get your content in front of as many people as possible. We cover: Chatbots tools that you can use – you don’t need to be a programmer! Driving traffic to your content with chatbots Segmenting your chatbot audience to get amazing engagement and click through rates Three big mistakes a lot of people make when they use chatbots
For the full blog post, head over to http://content10x.com/53 (http://content10x.com/53).
The Content 10X podcast has hit its one year anniversary! Thank you so much to everyone who has listened to the podcast, I really appreciate it and hope you find it super valuable! In this episode, I reflect on five big lessons I’ve learned from running the podcast. I also give you my best examples of creative repurposing so you can get the most out of your own episodes. I talk about: How to run and repurpose a podcast in a way that’s consistent, creative, and valuable to your audience 6 examples of creative repurposing we tested on our podcast that you can use on yours How to get the most repurposing value from audio-only content.
For the full blog post, head over to content10x.com/52
Creating content for others can be a great thing to do. But when it comes to putting in your own time and effort for someone else, how can you be sure that every ‘yes’ is also going to be beneficial to you? In this podcast episode I talk about what to do when someone comes to you with a content request (e.g. deliver a masterclass, write a blog post, talk at an event…etc), and why it’s so important to have a content repurposing strategy in mind. Find out: How to evaluate content creation requests from others from a repurposing perspective Creating a win:win situation when you create content for other people Making the content work for you by staying in control
Tune into this week’s episode at https://www.content10x.com/51 (content10x.com/51)
How much repurposing potential is trapped in your content archives, waiting for you to tap into it? There might be more than you think. But even if you were to start tapping into it, which piece should you repurpose first? In other words, which one struck such a chord with your audience that it’s almost guaranteed to do well again if you revived it and gave it a fresh coat of paint? In this week’s episode I talk about how to do just that. We cover how to use analytics from multiple sources to quickly figure out your most popular past content, plus the other things you need to take into consideration before choosing your sure-fire winner. I talk about: Detecting which of your past content is almost guaranteed to do well if you were to repurpose it today How to combine insights from website and social media analytics to find your best repurposing opportunities. The single biggest sign that you should repurpose a post that analytics can’t tell you
If you want more information or to read the blog post for this episode, go to: https://content10x.com/50 (content10x.com/50)
It’s time we talked about transcripts. They might not seem like the most exciting form of content, but they represent huge repurposing potential if you use them correctly. This week’s podcast episode is all about how to get your transcripts done cheaply, and once you have them in hand, how to use them either as they are or as a springboard to create a host of other forms of written content, getting you in front of more and more people. If you have a podcast or video content, it’s well worth learning: What transcripts can do for you and your audience. How to create transcripts as cheaply and quickly as possible. 6 ways to use and repurpose transcripts to add value to your business.
To find out more and to explore previous episodes, go to https://content10x.com/49 (Content10X.com/49).
This week’s podcast episode is all about repurposing your content on Instagram. I’m extremely excited about this week’s guest, Jenn Herman. She’s the world’s forefront blogger on Instagram marketing. Although it’s my favourite platform, it’s not always easy to keep up with all their tweaks and changes. Fear not! Jenn breaks it down to the absolute fundamentals that get results on Instagram, the things that are and aren’t likely to change, along with a wealth of specific tips and tricks that you can use to get more engagement (and traffic back to your website) from Instagram. Whether you’ve been using Instagram for a while or you’ve never opened the app, if you want success on the platform there’ll be something here for you. On the podcast, we discuss: Creative ways to repurpose your content onto Instagram The formula for getting selected by Instagram’s algorithm as a Top Post What to do about IGTV before it proves its long-term viability Two ways to use Instagram to validate article ideas your audience is hungry for How to have fun with Instagram Stories and get more eyes and ears on your content Step-by-step guide to get started the right way on Instagram
If you want to listen to the full episode, go to https://www.content10x.com/48 (Content10X.com/48)
Get ready to lose all fear of Facebook’s dreaded Ads Manager and find out how it’s possible to get attention to your business for pennies. Plus, you don’t need to scratch your head wondering what new content you need to create for your ads, because the answer may lie in repurposing existing content. Julia Bramble is a social media strategist, coach, and speaker who helps small businesses and marketers get results from their online marketing in the simplest way possible. If you’ve ever felt like you want to get in on this whole Facebook advertising thing but for whatever reason you keep putting it of, this episode is for you. We talk about: The simplest way to get started with Facebook ads with a tiny budget How it’s possible to get the cost of your FB video ads to as little as a cent per 3-second view Simple steps for finding and testing profitable audiences How you can repurpose content for FB ads
For more info head over to content10x.com/47
It’s finally happened. Mainstream companies are beginning to understand what many of us have known for a long time. Online video is big enough to shape the world! The Official Charts Company have decided to incorporate online video views into the official pop charts! Isn’t that crazy? Maybe not. We’ve been harping on about the importance of video for so long, maybe it’s surprising that it’s taken so long to go mainstream in this way. In this week’s podcast episode I discuss: How mainstream industries are waking up to the power of online video Now is the time to get into video content, and it's not as difficult as you think How you make sure a single video can be repurposed into the maximum number of other formats
If you want to listen to the full podcast episode, click here.
SEO (Search Engine Optimization) is a topic that can confuse and overwhelm the best of us. Which is why I was so excited to interview content marketing expert, Andy Crestodina. With 18 years of experience in SEO and analytics and 10 years of experience in content strategy and blogging, Andy was the perfect person to explain how SEO works and how our webpages rank on popular search engines such as Google. Andy is also a big fan of content repurposing and was keen to explain the real connection between repurposing content and improving SEO. On this week’s podcast find out: How SEO really works The 3 factors that affect why a page ranks on Google How to improve SEO for your blog posts, podcasts and videos Content repurposing tips to increase your chance of ranking in search Is SEO dead? Have paid ads on social media made search redundant?
To find out more about the connection between content repurposing and SEO visit: https://www.content10x.com/45 (content10x.com/45)
Much like Instagram Stories and Snapchat, IGTV features vertical videos. Given its focus on catering to the modern-day smartphone user, IGTV is a dream platform if you who want to share and consume long form, vertical videos. But how can you post a horizontal video onto IGTV? What if you have lots of horizontal/landscape videos that you’d like to repurpose onto IGTV or Instagram Stories. Is that even possible?! In this podcast episode, I share how you can repurpose horizontal videos into portrait videos for IGTV, Instagram Stories and Snapchat. Find out: What IGTV is and why you might want to post content onto it How to repurpose a landscape video into a vertical video Basic steps that you need to follow in video editing software How to embed images and text into your video
For more info on posting horizontal videos and to watch a video tutorial, https://www.content10x.com/44 (click here).
In this podcast episode, I share my experience at Podcast Movement, which is the world’s largest annual conference for podcasters. The event was fantastic and I was lucky enough to chosen to give a talk. My talk was called “How To Become Loved As a Podcaster (By Those Who Hate Podcasts).” It was all about repurposing podcast episodes for different platforms to reach new and larger audiences. Find out about: My talk at Podcast Movement 2018 – you get to hear it! Repurposing content in different formats to reach new and different audiences Ways to repurpose your podcast onto Instagram, Google, YouTube and Twitter Repurposing live talks
You can listen to the full podcast episode (and watch my live talk) here: https://www.content10x.com/43 (content10x.com/43)
In this week’s podcast episode I challenge you to think of ways that you can add more impact to your content when you repurpose it. Specifically, I show you four ways that you can give your repurposed content that extra bit of “oomph”. When we talk about repurposing content, we are usually looking at ways that we can take one piece of content – or should I say one clearly communicated message – and package it into different formats to reach new audiences. Rather than simply repackaging your original message, you could look at ways to expand on that message and add more impact…let’s get a bit sassy! Find out about: Hosting a live Q&A with your audience Tips for inviting people to participate in your Q&A Running a Twitter chat and using it to interact and network with like-minded people How to leverage Instagram Stories to increase online engagement Having friendly debates and offering alternative viewpoints with your content
You can listen to the full episode by visiting: https://www.content10x.com/42 (content10x.com/42)
Is building your email list on the top of your agenda? If it’s not, it should be. It’s really important to continuously work on growing your email list. But, do you find the usual lead magnets of checklists, templates, swipe files…a little bit repetitive? Here’s an idea, why not run an online challenge? AND why not repurpose your existing content to create the challenge?! In this podcast episode I talk about how you can run an engaging online challenge by repurposing your existing content! Find out: What email list building challenges are How to come up with a specific end goal that will give your subscribers real value How to leverage your existing content to create your challenge How to deliver your challenge to participants via automated emails How to market your email list building challenge to attract more people
For more information, https://www.content10x.com/41 (click here).
Unlike photos and videos, sharing your podcast content on social media can be a challenge. But it doesn’t have to be! With an audiogram, you can share snippets of your latest podcast episode on all of your favourite social media channels. What’s more, you don’t have to be a podcaster to make audiograms because I let you know about two great tools for creating amazing audiograms for free with or without podcast content! I’ve also recorded a video tutorial that you can follow step-by-step showing you how to create your own audiogram in just a few minutes! Find out: What audiograms are How to create audiograms using two tools (one completely free) How audiograms can increase social engagement and drive more listeners to your podcast How you can record audio directly into the audiogram tools for non-podcasters How to customise your audiogram with captions, animations, images and text
To listen to the full podcast episode, and watch the video tutorial, click here: https://www.content10x.com/40 (content10x.com/40)
People are far more likely to engage with a blog post that includes a range of multimedia content. Integrating multimedia content such as images, videos, slideshows and infographics into your blog post will breathe life into it and add a touch of personality to your website. Guess what, if you repurpose your content then you make it easier to integrate more media into your blog posts. So, if you want to find out how you can create engaging multimedia content for your blog post, tune into episode 39 of the Content 10x podcast! Find out about: Why it’s a good idea to include varied media in your blog posts Repurposing your original content and using it within your blog Why you should always add images to your articles The impact that having video in your blog post has on engagement Why you should start thinking of yourself as a “media company” – and not get intimidated by this!
To find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/39 (content10x.com/39)
Do you create amazing videos for your website, YouTube channel, Facebook live, membership site….etc? If so, then you know just how much hard work and time goes into the creation of each video, but there are easy ways that you can get a return on the time you spend creating amazing video content! If you spend a lot of time researching, filming and editing your videos, why not try new ways to repurpose your video content for social media to increase engagement and reach a wider audience? On episode 38 of the Content 10x podcast, I reveal my six top tips for creating short teaser clips from your original video and how you can share them on social media and use them to drive engagement and expand your outreach. Find out about: Great tips for repurposing video content for social media The best FREE tools for creating branded templates and GIF’s for your videos How to burn captions onto your videos The ideal video length for getting more engagement on all the social media platforms Changing the aspect ratio of your video clips
To find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/38 (content10x.com/38)
Have you ever created a piece of content that you thought would amount to nothing? Sometimes it can be easy to disregard lousy content, but if you have a sense of humour and an open mind, you can repurpose even your worst content into something incredible. On episode 37 of the Content 10x podcast, I discuss the massive success of a hilarious podcast that is based on the complete repurposing of an unpublished novel. Since its release, the podcast has had over 100 million downloads and has been repurposed into a live stage show performed all over the world, oodles of merchandise and talk of a movie! Find out about: A funny example of book to podcast repurposing How to repurpose your bad content into something great (a sense of humour is required!) Unlimited repurposing potential of your original piece of content
So, if you’re in the mood for a laugh and you want to find out how you can repurpose even your worst piece of content into something epic, join me over on the podcast and for more information, https://www.content10x.com/37 (click here).
The amount of people that listen to podcasts on a regular basis is growing, but how do you reach those who aren’t regular podcast listeners or those who prefer to consume other forms of content? The answer is via podcast repurposing! On episode 36 of the Content 10x podcast, I talk about epic podcast repurposing and reveal some of the best tips to help you get the most out of your latest podcast episode. Find out about: Writing show notes and long-form blog posts Tips for creating stand-out graphics for your podcast that you can share on social media Writing engaging posts on Facebook, Twitter and Instagram Promoting your podcast episodes with short video teasers and trailers Using email marketing to drive traffic to your podcast Bonus ideas for repurposing your podcast episodes!
Find out how you can repurpose your podcast episodes to reach a wider audience, generate engagement and increase web traffic by tuning into the full podcast episode. For more information click here.
The latest changes to Twitter’s Automation Rules have shaken things up on the platform, paving the way towards a more productive, high-quality and engaging platform. But many people are still unsure of what they can and can’t post on Twitter. Join me on episode 35 of the Content 10x podcast, where I reveal different ways you can create and publish impactful content on Twitter in light of these recent changes. Find out about: The changes to Twitter’s Automation Rules – and how you can work around them! How to maximise exposure of your tweets by retweeting from different accounts Why you should put more time and value into your tweets Promoting your content on Twitter the RIGHT way How to get more retweets Why you should include graphics and videos with your tweets How to ask questions to start a conversation on Twitter Why the Twitter changes are actually a good thing!
If you want to find out how you can make the recent Twitter changes work in your favour and why you should see these changes as a good thing, don’t miss episode 35 of the podcast! For more information https://www.content10x.com/35 (click here).
Instead of thinking that the original piece of content is where you have expressed your thoughts and opinions in the best light, consider this; what if that original piece of content is NOT your finest hour? In episode 34 of the Content 10x podcast, I discuss why your original content may not be the best version of itself and how you can add even more value when you take that original content and create something new. Find out about: Why your original piece of content may not be your finest hour Real-life stories of times when the repurposed version of an original piece of content grew to be even more successful than the original – and why this is a good thing! How you can add more value to your original idea by repurposing your content How repurposed content can help you reach a broader audience
If you want to find out why your original piece of content may not be your finest hour and how you can add even more value to your content, https://www.content10x.com/34 (click here).
Webinars are a great way to grow your business online by interacting with your audience, increasing your email list and delivering high-quality, valuable content that your viewers WANT to see. In this week’s podcast episode, I talk with Louise Brogan about repurposing webinars and how they can be used to grow your business! Find out about: Creating valuable content that your audience actually wants to see How to find an audience for your webinar with help from Facebook The importance of including a great pitch in your videos Top tips and ideas for repurposing your webinar content How to use your webinar and landing page to increase your email list
Find out how you can repurpose your webinar and accelerate the growth of your business online when you tune into this week’s episode. Find out more by https://www.content10x.com/33 (clicking here).
Repurposing a blog post on Instagram requires a little more imagination and creativity than other social media platforms. With Facebook and Twitter, you can just share a link to your blog post. But when you want to drive traffic to your blog from Instagram, you have to take a more creative approach. Instagram is my favourite social media platform. It takes me away from the noise of Facebook and the chirping chatter on Twitter to a quiet place that tends to be more positive, visually entertaining and fun! Follow me on Instagram https://www.instagram.com/content10x (here). The platform has over 800 million users, which means it has the potential to spread your content like wildfire. Whether you’re a devoted blogger or you’ve just written your first blog post, and you want to drive more traffic to it, Instagram is your golden ticket. In episode 32 of the Content 10X Podcast, I offer some simple tips and ways that you can repurpose your blog on Instagram to drive more traffic to your post. Find out about: Different ideas for repurposing your blog post on Instagram How to create images for Instagram that will encourage people to read your blog post The power of Instagram Stories when attracting an audience to your blog Ways to use video on Instagram to drive traffic to your blog posts
If you want to drive more traffic from Instagram to your blog post and develop a larger readership, head over to episode 32 of the podcast by https://www.content10x.com/32 (clicking here).
If you’re anything like me, you probably get asked a lot of questions. Plus, you probably spend quite a bit of time on the more complicated questions providing a well thought through and considered answer. Well…I’ve come up with some ways to make the most of the time that you spend deriving your answers. There are so many ways you can convert your questions and answers into creative, original and impactful content. In episode 31 of the Content 10X Podcast, I reveal six ways that you can repurpose your answers into relevant and valuable content. Find out about: Creating a record for all of your most commonly asked questions and answers Repurposing your answers into blog posts and social media posts How to record a video from your answers for YouTube, social media or your website Using your Q&A’s to improve your email marketing strategy How to get the maximum value from the time that you spend answering questions
Find out how you can start repurposing your best questions and answers by tuning into this week’s podcast episode. To find out more http://www.content10x.com/31 (click here.)
Pinterest is growing fast and businesses around the world are leveraging the image search engine to drive engagement and increase traffic. In this week’s podcast episode, I talk with Kate Ahl about repurposing content for Pinterest and how you can start using the platform to propel your content marketing efforts. Find out about: How you can drive organic traffic with your pins Repurposing blogs, videos and podcasts for Pinterest Performing keyword research and optimisation for your pins Creating evergreen content that performs well on Pinterest
If you want to find out how you can repurpose your content for Pinterest, have a listen to this week’s episode. Find out more by https://wwww.content10x.com/30 (clicking here).
Repurposing video content into podcast episodes is a great thing to do…but it’s hard if you don’t already have an established podcast. Starting a podcast for the first time can seem intimidating. But don't worry. It's easier than it seems. I spent A LOT of time researching how to launch my podcast, and in this week’s episode I share with you the steps that I took. Find out about: Deciding on your podcast details Artwork, intros/outros and sound equipment Hosting, recording your first episode Getting onto the main podcast directories / apps
If you don’t have a podcast, but would like to have one one day, they please do give this week’s episode a listen. Find out more at https://www.content10x.com/29 (https://www.content10x.com/29)
Do you know that you can repurpose your blog posts into a video using an awesome online tool? You don’t have to put yourself on camera (great for those of us that are a bit camera shy!), and you don’t have to have advanced video editing skills either! If you spend a lot of time creating a really good blog post, then why not explore the opportunity to put it into a different format to reach new and different audiences? In this week’s podcast episode I discuss: Why it’s a good idea to turn your blog post into a video A great free tool to easily convert your blog post into video Ideas on what to do with a video version of your blog
To find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/28 (https://www.content10x.com/28)
Is cross-posting effective? This is a question that I get asked a lot. What I mean by cross-posting is when you post your content from one social media platform to another automatically. In this podcast episode I discuss: Cross-posting from Instagram The positives and negatives of choosing to cross-post Some tip tips if you decide to cross-post
I hope you find the episode useful. For more information please head to https://www.content10x.com/?p=2610&preview=true (content10x.com).
This week on the podcast I talk about LinkedIn with Cathy Wassell. Cathy is a marketing strategist with 20 years' experience who now specialises in social media marketing, strategy and paid ads. I have been really keen to talk about LinkedIn for quite some time. It’s a platform that is really growing in popularity and evolving. It’s not a boring and stuffy corporate site anymore, it’s actually becoming a lot more sociable and people are engaging more with each other than ever before. On the podcast we discussed: Why LinkedIn can be great platform for small businesses and entrepreneurs The type of content that is working well on LinkedIn Tips for repurposing blog posts and video content onto LinkedIn The importance of having a strong profile How LinkedIn differs to other social media platforms
If you’re interested in finding out more about how you can make you content work on LinkedIn, don’t miss this episode. Find out more by https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-content-on-linkedin/ (clicking here).
This week on the podcast I share a really simple and quick way to repurpose your blog post into a PDF document. Why would you want to do that? I answer this question too! I discuss: Offering your blog post as a PDF by way of a content upgrade Different places to share your PDF blog post and the benefits of doing so A free tool that you can use to convert your blog post to a PDF in seconds
To find out more head to https://www.content10x.com/convert-blog-pdf/ (content10x.com.)
Have you ever been curious about how you can repurpose your content into a content upgrade? Do you know what a content upgrade is? In this podcast episode I explain: What content upgrades are Things to consider when creating content upgrades Examples of different content upgrades
To get a 1-page handy guide for when you decide to create your own content upgrade head to https://www.content10x.com/upgrade (content10x.com/upgrade).
This week on the podcast I’m really pleased to introduce you to Janet Murray. Janet has a journalistic background, with over 17 years of experience writing and editing for national newspapers. She has built a hugely successful blog, podcast and social media following. Her specialism is helping small businesses and entrepreneurs to grow their business by promoting themselves in the most effective way – via content marketing, email marketing and PR. She holds live events, is a key-note speaker, author, media trainer and has a fantastic membership community called Soulful PR Studio. Janet and I have met each other a fair few times over the past year, at various events in the UK and USA. We’ve become good friends and are now members of the same small mastermind group. On the podcast we talked about all the wonderful ways that Janet incorporates content repurposing into planning, promoting and running her live events. We discussed: How to involve your audience in decision making to get people taking about your event Ways to create content after your event to use in the launch of your next event Creating content for membership communities and online course Making use of audio, video and photographs from live events
To find out more https://www.content10x.com/repurpose-live-events/ (click here).
This week I answer the question – how much time should you spend repurposing your content? I get asked this question all the time. My initial thoughts are that the question should be reframed because content repurposing is still a form of content creation. Therefore, content creation and content repurposing shouldn’t really be seen as two separate things. The question shouldn’t be how much time should I spend repurposing content, instead, it should be how much time should I spend creating content overall. I discuss: The 80/20 rule of content marketing Do you really have no time to repurpose your content? The time trade-off of new vs repurposed content
To find out more please https://www.content10x.com/22 (click here).
This week I interview my mentor and friend Chris Ducker. Chris is the founder of youpreneur.com—the entrepreneurial mastermind community that helps experts become the go-to leader in their industry. He's a serial entrepreneur, a highly sought-after keynote speaker, trusted international business mentor, blogger, and podcaster. Chis has recently published a new book called The Rise of the Youpreneur. I wanted to bring Chris onto the show to talk about his new book and to understand how content repurposing factored into the planning, creation and promotion of a new book. On the podcast we discussed: What a youpreneur is and what Chris' new book, Rise of the Youpreneur, is about How Chris's membership community roapmap and community content formed the basis of the book Book promotion largely focussed on repurposing content from the book Tips for writing a book based on your content
To find out more https://www.content10x.com/converting-content-into-book/ (click here) and to buy a copy of The Rise of the Youpreneur http://amzn.to/2okaSuU (click here).
Do you have lots of content that you’ve created in the past that you would like to bring to life again? Perhaps you’ve got hundreds of blog posts, many are still just as relevant today as the day you wrote them. Or maybe you’ve just given yourself a pat on the back for recording your 100th...1000th...10,000th podcast episode…but you feel that your episodes could really do with reaching so many more people. If any of this sounds familiar, then this week’s podcast episode will be a great one for you. I talk about the process of choosing content that you have already created so that you can repurpose it. I talk about: Techniques to identify your most popular content Why it's good to repurpose your cornerstone and evergreen content The types of content that you'll find the easiest to repurpose
Find out more by https://www.content10x.com/decide-what-content-to-repurpose/ (clicking here).
Have you ever considered creating presentations to communicate with your audience? Did you know that creating SlideShare presentations can be a brilliant starting point for content repurposing. This week on the podcast I’m joined by Ana Hoffman. Ana is an expert in online marketing and the founder of the successful blog Traffic Generation Café, where she helps online business owners get free traffic to their website. Presentations are the pillar of Ana’s content repurposing process. A particular focus area for Ana is SlideShare and I invited her onto the show to share her top tips and advice for content repurposing using slideshare. We discuss: What SlideShare is Why presentations can be great for repurposing How to get started with creating presentations for SlideShare that can be repurposed to social media, your blog, and more...
To find out more please https://www.content10x.com/19 (click here).
This week on the podcast I talk all about how you can create content with repurposing in mind. So basically, how you can reverse engineer the content creation process so that you have content that is perfect for repurposing. I discuss: Why it's important to not let content repurposing be an afterthought - Simple steps to create content with repurposing in mind The types of content that are great for particular kinds of repurposing
If you’d like a checklist that covers everything that I’ve just covered (and more…) then please get yourself a copy of ‘Repurposable Content: The Ultimate Checklist’ by clicking https://www.content10x.com/checklist (here).
This week on the Content 10x Podcast I speak with Colin Gray. Colin is the founder of ThePodcastHost.com - a website all about podcasting covering podcasting skills, resources, equipment, podcast ‘shiny objects’ and pretty much all things podcasting! Colin also has a coaching membership for podcasters, and a podcasting app called Alitu. During my interview with Colin we talked about his approach for repurposing his content – an approach that Colin refers to as ‘content stacking’. We discussed: Why it's beneficial to have written, video and audio content The importance of having a solid, well planned out idea for each piece of content How to take your idea and follow the 'content stacking' approach
To find out more please https://www.content10x.com/17 (click here).
If you have a budget to help you with repurposing your content what are your options? This week I look at how to get help when you are ready to take your content repurposing to another level! You want to get as much value as possible from all of the great content that you are creating and explore as many repurposing opportunities as you can. I discuss: Options when you have the budget to take content repurposing to another level In-house vs outsourcing Examples of how we help our clients at Content 10X
To find out more please head to https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-done-for-you/ (https://www.content10x.com/content-repurposing-done-for-you/)
This week on the podcast I share my ideas on what to do when you have a small budget to invest in getting help with your content repurposing. Content repurposing is a brilliant thing to do, but it does take time and your time is a very valuable commodity. If you decide to get help and have a small budget to do so, then this episode will be super useful for you. I discuss: Deciding what to get help with when you have a small budget Considering the time vs. money trade-off Why it's important to hire for the task Where find people who can help you
Find out more at https://www.content10x.com/15 (https://www.content10x.com/15)
Have you ever thought that content repurposing sounds great, but how do you take the first step and get started with repurposing your content? What you can achieve with content repurposing can depend to a large extent on the time and resources that you have at your disposal. On my podcast this week I talk about getting started when you are going it alone, i.e. when you don’t have a person or team of people to help you. I discuss: Why you should select your primary content method The importance of consistency Creating standard operating procedures for your content creation Taking content repurposing one step at a time.
To find out more please head to https://www.content10x.com/14 (https://www.content10x.com/14)
This week on the podcast I had the pleasure of speaking with Mike Morrison about content repurposing for membership sites. Mike is co-founder of The Membership Guys and Member Site Academy, where he helps guide the growth of high performing memberships, e-learning businesses, and online communities. He’s the host of a popular podcast, author of two best-selling books and has been featured on the likes of Social Media Examiner, Huffington Post, Foundr and Net Magazine. Mike can regularly be found on stages around the world at events including Social Media Marketing World, Tropical Think Tank and Podcast Movement. Mike recently rocked the stage at the Youpreneur Summit in London in November 2017. I know one thing that people really worry about when they’re considered offering a paid membership is the amount of content that they will need to create. So, since I always have my repurposing hat on, and I wanted to bring Mike onto the podcast to talk about the content repurposing opportunities that you can implement with a membership site. Listen in to hear: Great ideas on how to turn free podcast, blog and video content into paid membership content Tips on repurposing in-person presentations/talks at events and workshops Ways that you can repurpose membership content into free content and content for marketing your membership (and more) Top tips on getting started with a membership site
To read the full article on this topic please head to https://www.content10x.com/13 (https://www.content10x.com/13)
In this week's podcast episode I share my predictions for online content in 2018. My focus is always on content repurposing, and therefore all 5 of my big predictions are shared alongside a content repurposing tip for each! I discuss: Why I think businesses and brands will invest in more diverse content The shifting focus towards voice / audio content The 'fake news' era Why I think Instagram will be the platform of 2018
I hope you enjoy the episode and for more information and my full write up please https://www.content10x.com/repurposing-tips/ (click here.)
This week’s podcast episode is all about repurposing Facebook Live video and I have the pleasure of introducing you to a fantastic guest - Ian Anderson Gray. Ian is a live video marketing confidence coach and founder of Seriously Social. He’s an international speaker, trainer, teacher, web developer and consultant. He has a passion for making the techno-babble of live video marketing & social media easy to understand and helping people overcome their fear of the camera. As well as being a geek, husband, and dad to two kids, Ian is also a professional singer. We discussed: How to plan your live video experience before you go-live Why it's important to consider your non-live/replay audience when recording Tools that you can use for recording live video that also help with repurposing Top tips for getting started
I hope you enjoy the episode and for more information and full write up please http://www.content10x.com/repurpose-facebook-live-videos/%20 (click here).
When it comes to sharing content from one social media platform to another, you really need to respect each platform. Why are people on there? What do they expect to see? What will they respond to? In this podcast episode I talk about: Respecting the social media platforms Why you need to think about what people expect to see on each platform A run through of each main platform and key considerations
Enjoy the episode and read my full article on this topic at http://www.content10x.com/repurposing-respect/ (http://www.content10x.com/repurposing-respect/)
Do you create GIFs as part of your content repurposing? For most the answer is no. GIFs are not something that you often hear mentioned when talking about content repurposing. However, a really interesting and fun way to add a whole new element to your content is to create GIFs from your videos or images. On the podcast this week my guests Andrew and Pete help me explore the world of GIFs. They were full of knowledge and had some excellent advice. We discussed: What a GIF is How to create your own GIFs The best uses for your GIFs Some top tips from Andrew and Pete on getting started
For more information and some entertainment along the way head to http://www.content10x.com/repurpose-gifs/
When it comes to creating and repurposing content we need to consider our audience and how they prefer to receive their information. For example, some people will like to read it, others may like to listen. On the podcast this week I explore seven different styles of learning and discuss effective ways to repurpose your content to target as many of those as possible. You will hear: Why learning styles are relevant for content creation What the 7 different learning styles are How content repurposing can help when considering different learning styles and how to tackle them Why it is important to try and cater for as many learning styles as possible
For more information on making your repurposed material matter more to different people click http://www.content10x.com/connect-with-audience/ (here).
When it comes to repurposing content, Facebook Live presents a great opportunity. On the podcast this week I explore how you can get started with repurposing your Facebook Live videos. Interestingly, I stay focussed on video content and look at how your FB Live video can be repurposed into other videos. I discuss: Why Facebook Live videos are great for repurposing The initial steps that you need to take to repurpose your FB Live video 4 different ways to repurpose your FB Live video I provide a handy checklist for free, to help you get started with repurposing your Facebook Live videos.
For more information and to grab the checklist click http://www.content10x.com/repurpose-facebook-live/ (here).
Have you ever wondered what blog syndication is? Ever considered if there is anywhere else that you can post your blog post besides your own website? This week on The Content 10x Podcast I speak with Yva Yorston and she shares lots of tips and advice on blog syndication. Yva is an entrepreneur from Aberdeen in Scotland. She started her business, Boost Business Support, at the age of 22, and within 4 years it had grown considerably. Yva is an expert in blog publishing and promotion. On the podcast we discussed: What blog syndication is The benefits of blog syndication Where you can syndicate blog content The time commitment involved The main benefits of blog syndication
To find out more click http://www.content10x.com/blog-syndication/ (here).
Would you like to know what the biggest mistake is that people make when they repurpose their content? That is the topic of this week's podcast episode I discuss: Why a 'set and forget' approach isn't ideal Why the 'social' in social media shouldn't be ignored The importance of engagement
Find out more http://www.content10x.com/repurposing-content (here). Thanks for listening!
As content creators we always want to ensure that the message we’re trying to get across to our audience is understood. Added brownie points if our audience enjoyed consuming our content! That is why I think infographics are so good. Because, when done well, they tick both of those requirements. In this week’s podcast episode I explain why it's a really good idea to incorporate infographics into your content repurposing plans, and some tips and tricks on how you can go about repurposing your blog post (and video or podcast) into an infographic. I discuss: Why infographics are great Places to share infographics Which blog posts you should repurpose into infographics, and how you can follow the same approach for other forms of written content, podcasts and video How to plan and create your infographic
Find out more http://www.content10x.com/infographic/%20 (here).
If you have a podcast, then I think that repurposing your podcast into video format is a really good idea. In this podcast episode, I share a few reasons why I believe video is a medium no one should ignore, then I share 5 ways to repurpose your podcast into video. The 5 ways that I cover range from putting yourself on camera and video recording your podcast episode being recorded, through to tools that automate putting your podcast audio onto YouTube and Facebook as video. The full show notes are at http://www.content10x.com/repurpose-podcast-video/
This podcast episode is a satirical look at content repurposing through the eyes of your content. It's an extra introductory episode before we get started with the focussed episodes on specific aspects of content repurposing. If your content could speak, what would it have to say to you?! In the run up to launching my podcast, which is focussed on the wonderful world of content repurposing, I received quite a concerning letter from a piece of content. The piece of content is very annoyed at their creator, and wished to remain anonymous. I cannot confirm whether it was a blog post, a video, a podcast episode, or something else. I think anyone who creates content should listen to this podcast episode or read this letter, because the truth is, it could have been written about you. Ask yourself, could my content feel this way too? In the next episode, and onwards, I will be focussing on very specific content repurposing ideas, strategies and tips.
In this podcast episode I share what content repurposing is, 5 reasons why you should be repurposing your content, and the types of content that you can repurpose. I believe that content repurposing should be at the heart of all content marketing strategies. In fact, I think that if you're not repurposing your content you're really missing an opportunity. What is content repurposing? Content repurposing is about getting the most value from every single piece of content that you create. It’s not lame attempts to copy and paste content from one place to another! Rather, it’s about being imaginative and creative with the content that you have already created so that it can be used in different ways. Many types of content can be repurposed. Often, when we talk about content repurposing we talk about repurposing a blog post, a podcast episode or video. But it doesn’t stop there. Perhaps you have written a substantial post on LinkedIn, recorded a Facebook live video, created a sales page...all of these types of content can be repurposed into different formats and for different uses. In other words, content that can be repurposed could be anything that you create and share in order to inform, educate and/or entertain others. The key thing is that you continue to add value to your audience. Your repurposed content should not be seen as the ‘sloppy seconds’ of the original content, it should stand alone as valuable content. There may even be occasions where your repurposed content proves to be more effective and impactful than the original piece of content that it was repurposed from. That is okay. Repurposing is not just a content thing Repurposing is all around us. In episode 1 of http://www.content10x.com/podcast (my podcast) I share a story of when I went on a low budget holiday to Mexico with my boyfriend (now husband!). The hotel was clearly into ‘ham repurposing’ in a big way, and at pretty much every meal of our entire holiday we saw the same type of ham being repurposed. Architects are continually repurposing buildings, for example, repurposing a power station into an art gallery (Tate Modern, London). Not forgetting old disused warehouses into fabulous apartments. I love it when grapes get repurposed into wine. I’m currently binge watching the latest season of Walking Dead, a classic example of repurposing a comic book into a TV Show. In all of these examples the repurposed output is of just a high a quality (if not more so) than what it was repurposed from. Do you need more reasons for why you should repurpose your content? Here are 5… 1. Increase your audience reach Content repurposing puts your content in front of new and different audiences. If you only ever create podcast episodes, then how do you reach people who never listen to podcasts? 2. Boost your SEO Repurposed content that links back to your website will help provide you with an SEO boost. The more that people share your content also means more links out there on the world wide web, leading back to your website, which also gives you some love with the search engines and more traffic to your website. 3. The rule of 7 There is a marketing concept called the ‘Rule of 7’ which is that people need to see something seven times before they really take notice and take action. The 'Rule of 7' was developed in the 1930s, at a time when it wasn’t quite so easy to reach people as it is today. But whilst it’s easier to reach people, it’s a ‘noisy’ world out there too and it can be difficult to get noticed. That’s why it’s even more important to get your message in front of people as much as possible. Content repurposing can really help you out here. 4. Touch all of the...
An introduction to The Content 10x Podcast with Amy Woods. In this episode Amy explains what the podcast is about and who it’s for. Amy will be sharing ideas, tips, tricks and strategies for content repurposing. The podcast episodes will be released weekly on a Thursday, and will consist of short, bite-sized solo episodes. Occasionally Amy will invite expert guests onto the show who are pros at content repurposing. If you’re a content creator looking to get maximum return from the content that you create, then you’re in the right place. Don’t forget to subscribe!